TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 11 , 2018

Registration No. 333-         

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

L BRANDS, INC.*
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
5621
31-1029810
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43230
(614) 415-7000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Samuel P. Fried
Executive Vice President – Law, Policy, and
Governance
L Brands, Inc.
Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43230
(614) 415-7000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:
Deanna L. Kirkpatrick, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017
Tel: (212) 450-4000
Fax: (212) 450-3800

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box: o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   ☒
Accelerated filer    o
Non-accelerated filer    o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company    o
 
Emerging growth company    o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. o

If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in conducting this transaction:

Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o

Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) o

*Includes certain subsidiaries of L Brands, Inc. identified on the following page.

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class
of securities to be registered
Amount to be registered
Proposed maximum
offering price per unit (1)
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1)
Amount of
registration fee
6.694% Senior Notes due 2027
$297,405,000
100%
$297,405,000
$37,027
Guarantees of 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
Total
$297,405,000
100%
$297,405,000
$37,027

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) No separate consideration will be received for the Guarantees of 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 being registered hereby. As a result, in accordance with Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act, no registration fee is payable with respect to the guarantees.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

Name*
State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
Primary Standard
Industrial
Classification Code
Number
I.R.S. Employer
Identification
Number
Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc.
Delaware
5600
52-2450868
Bath & Body Works Direct, Inc.
Delaware
5600
20-3048392
Bath & Body Works, LLC
Delaware
5600
52-2455381
beautyAvenues, LLC
Delaware
5600
52-2450857
Intimate Brands, Inc.
Delaware
5600
51-0346269
Intimate Brands Holding, LLC
Delaware
5600
90-0648718
L Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc.
Delaware
5600
52-2450847
L Brands Service Company, LLC
Delaware
5600
31-1048997
L Brands Store Design & Construction, Inc.
Delaware
5600
31-1301070
La Senza, Inc.
Delaware
5600
01-0960215
Mast Industries, Inc.
Delaware
5600
04-2468696
Victoria’s Secret Direct Brand Management, LLC
Delaware
5600
52-2450873
Victoria’s Secret Stores Brand Management, Inc.
Delaware
5600
52-2450861
Victoria’s Secret Stores, LLC
Delaware
5600
54-2170171
* The address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of each Registrant’s principal executive offices is Three Limited Parkway, Columbus, Ohio 43230, Tel. (614) 415-7000.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)

L Brands, Inc.


Offer to Exchange All Outstanding $297,405,000 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 for
$297,405,000 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 which have been registered under
the Securities Act.

We are offering to exchange new 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (which we refer to as the “new notes”) for our currently outstanding 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (which we refer to as the “old notes”) on the terms and subject to the conditions detailed in this prospectus.

The Exchange Offer

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2018, unless extended.
All old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn will be exchanged.
Tenders of old notes may be withdrawn any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of expiration of the exchange offer.
To exchange your old notes, you are required to make the representations described on page 29 to us.
The exchange of the old notes will not be a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
You should read the section called “The Exchange Offer” for further information on how to exchange your old notes for new notes.

The New Notes

The terms of the new notes to be issued are identical in all material respects to the outstanding old notes, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and will not have any of the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the old notes. The new notes will represent the same debt as the old notes, and we will issue the new notes under the same indenture.
The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations. Accordingly, they will: (i) rank senior in right of payment to any of our future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; (ii) rank equal in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; (iii) be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt (including obligations under our senior secured revolving credit facility), and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes; and (iv) be effectively senior to our existing senior unguaranteed notes to the extent of the assets of our subsidiaries that guarantee the notes.
The guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors. Accordingly, they will: (i) rank senior in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantee; (ii) rank equal in right of payment to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the notes; and (iii) be effectively subordinated to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including such guarantor’s guarantee under our senior secured revolving credit facility and senior secured term loan), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any subsidiary of a guarantor if that subsidiary is not also a guarantor of the notes.
No public market exists for the old notes or the new notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of the new notes on any notes exchange or to arrange for them to be quoted on any quotation system.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 for a discussion of risk factors that should be considered by you prior to tendering your old notes in the exchange offer.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                , 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

In this prospectus, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “L Brands” and the “Company” refer to L Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

The “old notes” consisting of the 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 which were issued on June 18 , 2018 and June 29, 2018 and the “new notes” consisting of the 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 offered pursuant to this prospectus are sometimes collectively referred to in this prospectus as the “notes.”

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for notes where such notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the guarantors have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business six months after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering the notes for exchange only in jurisdictions where such offers are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of the exchange of the notes offered hereby.

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995

We caution that any forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) contained in this prospectus, incorporated by reference into this prospectus or made by our company or our management involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, our future performance and financial results may differ materially from those expressed or implied in any such forward-looking statements. Words such as “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “planned,” “potential” and any similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements. Risks associated with the following factors, among others, in some cases have affected and in the future could affect our financial performance and actual results and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements included in this prospectus, incorporated by reference into this prospectus or otherwise made by our company or our management:

general economic conditions, consumer confidence, consumer spending patterns and market disruptions including severe weather conditions, natural disasters, health hazards, terrorist activities, financial crises, political crises or other major events, or the prospect of these events;
the seasonality of our business;
the dependence on mall traffic and the availability of suitable store locations on appropriate terms;
our ability to grow through new store openings and existing store remodels and expansions;
our ability to successfully expand internationally and related risks;
our independent franchise, license and wholesale partners;
our direct channel businesses;
our ability to protect our reputation and our brand images;
our ability to attract customers with marketing, advertising and promotional programs;
our ability to protect our trade names, trademarks and patents;
the highly competitive nature of the retail industry and the segments in which we operate;
consumer acceptance of our products and our ability to manage the life cycle of our brands, keep up with fashion trends, develop new merchandise and launch new product lines successfully;
our ability to source, distribute and sell goods and materials on a global basis, including risks related to:
political instability, significant health hazards, environmental hazards or natural disasters;
duties, taxes and other charges;
legal and regulatory matters;
volatility in currency exchange rates;
local business practices and political issues;
potential delays or disruptions in shipping and transportation and related pricing impacts;
disruption due to labor disputes; and
changing expectations regarding product safety due to new legislation;
our geographic concentration of vendor and distribution facilities in central Ohio;
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
stock price volatility;
our ability to pay dividends and related effects;

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our ability to maintain our credit rating;
our ability to service or refinance our debt;
our ability to retain key personnel;
our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified associates and manage labor-related costs;
the ability of our vendors to deliver products in a timely manner, meet quality standards and comply with applicable laws and regulations;
fluctuations in product input costs;
our ability to adequately protect our assets from loss and theft;
fluctuations in energy costs;
increases in the costs of mailing, paper and printing;
claims arising from our self-insurance;
our ability to implement and maintain information technology systems and to protect associated data;
our ability to maintain the security of customer, associate, third-party or company information;
our ability to comply with regulatory requirements;
legal and compliance matters; and
tax, trade and other regulatory matters.

We are not under any obligation and do not intend to make publicly available any update or other revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference into this prospectus to reflect circumstances existing after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of future events even if experience or future events make it clear that any expected results expressed or implied by those forward-looking statements will not be realized. Additional information regarding these and other factors can be found under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2018, incorporated herein by reference.

iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Market and industry data and forecasts used in this prospectus or incorporated by reference into this prospectus have been obtained from independent industry sources. Although we believe these third-party sources to be reliable, we have not independently verified the data obtained from these sources and we cannot assure you of the accuracy or completeness of the data. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus or incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We have included certain non-GAAP financial measures in this prospectus, including earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization or EBITDA. We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. We use EBITDA for business planning purposes and in measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors.

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus or incorporated by reference herein. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of the exchange offer, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus is presented on an historical basis.

L Brands, Inc.

Founded in 1963 in Columbus, Ohio, we have evolved from an apparel-based specialty retailer to a segment leader focused on women’s intimate and other apparel, personal care, beauty and home fragrance products. We sell our merchandise through company-owned specialty retail stores in the United States (“U.S.”), Canada, United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Ireland and Greater China (China and Hong Kong), which are primarily mall-based; through websites; and through international franchise, license and wholesale partners (collectively, “partners”).

Victoria’s Secret

Victoria’s Secret, including PINK, the iconic women’s intimate brand featuring celebrated supermodels and a world-famous fashion show, is a specialty retailer of women’s intimate and other apparel with fashion-inspired collections and prestige fragrances. We sell our Victoria’s Secret products online and at more than 1,225 Victoria’s Secret and PINK company-owned stores in the U.S., Canada, U.K., Ireland and Greater China. Additionally, Victoria’s Secret and PINK have more than 450 stores in more than 75 countries operating under franchise, license and wholesale arrangements.

Bath & Body Works

Bath & Body Works, which sells products under the Bath & Body Works, White Barn, C.O. Bigelow and other brand names, is one of the leading specialty retailers of body care, home fragrance products, soaps and sanitizers. We sell our Bath & Body Works products online and at more than 1,700 Bath & Body Works company-owned stores in the U.S. and Canada. Additionally, Bath & Body Works has more than 200 stores in more than 30 other countries operating under franchise, license and wholesale arrangements.

Other Brands

La Senza is a specialty retailer of women’s intimate apparel. We sell our La Senza products online and at more than 115 La Senza stores in Canada and 5 La Senza stores in the U.S. Additionally, La Senza has more than 185 stores in more than 20 other countries operating under franchise and license arrangements.

Henri Bendel sells handbags, jewelry and other accessory products online and through our New York flagship and 22 other stores.

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Organizational Structure

The following summary organization chart sets forth the basic corporate structure of L Brands, Inc. (1)


(1) The amounts shown above reflect principal amounts outstanding as of August 4, 2018.
(2) Our obligations under our senior secured revolving credit facility are guaranteed by certain of our subsidiaries and are secured by security interests in certain of our and the guarantors’ tangible and intangible personal property. As of August 4, 2018, our senior secured revolving credit facility was undrawn and we had $991 million of available borrowing capacity (after giving effect to $9 million of outstanding letters of credit). See “Description of Certain Debt.”

L Brands, Inc. is a holding company and its most significant assets are the stock of its subsidiaries. The guarantors represent (a) substantially all of the sales of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, (b) more than 90% of the assets owned by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, other than real property, certain other assets and intercompany investments and balances and (c) more than 95% of the accounts receivable and inventory directly owned by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

Our History

L Brands, Inc. was re-incorporated as The Limited, Inc. under the laws of Delaware in 1982 and changed its name to Limited Brands, Inc. in May 2002 and to L Brands, Inc. in March 2013.

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

In June 2018, we privately placed $297,405,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In connection with the private placement, we entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement (the “registration rights agreement”), dated as of June 29, 2018, with the initial purchasers of the old notes. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to offer to exchange old notes for new notes registered under the Securities Act. We also agreed to deliver this prospectus to the holders of the old notes. In this prospectus the old notes and the new notes are referred to together as the “notes.” You should read the discussion under the heading “Description of the Notes” for information regarding the notes.

The Exchange Offer
We are offering to exchange up to $297,405,000 principal amount of the new notes for an identical principal amount of the old notes. The new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that:
the new notes will be freely transferable, other than as described in this prospectus;
holders of the new notes will not be entitled to the rights of the holders of the old notes under the registration rights agreement; and
the new notes will not contain any provisions regarding the payment of additional interest for failure to satisfy obligations under the registration rights agreement.

Based on interpretations by the SEC’s staff in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that new notes issued in exchange for old notes in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without registering the new notes under the Securities Act or delivering a prospectus, unless you are a broker-dealer receiving notes for your own account, so long as:

you are not one of our “affiliates,” which is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act;
you acquire the new notes in the ordinary course of your business;
you do not have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the new notes; and
you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, a distribution of the new notes.

If you are an affiliate of L Brands, or you are engaged in, intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with respect to, the distribution of new notes acquired in the exchange offer, you (1) should not rely on our interpretations of the position of the SEC’s staff and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Registration Rights
We have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to consummate the exchange offer or cause the old notes to be registered under the Securities Act to permit

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

resales within 213 days after the issue date of the old notes. If we are not in compliance with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, then additional interest (in addition to the interest otherwise due on the notes that are the subject of that registration agreement or the new notes) will accrue on such notes or new notes upon such occurrence.

If the exchange offer is completed on the terms and within the time period contemplated by this prospectus, no additional interest will be payable on the notes.

No Minimum Condition
The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.
Expiration Date
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2018, unless it is extended.
Exchange Date
Old notes will be accepted for exchange beginning on the first business day following the expiration date, upon surrender of the old notes.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Our obligation to complete the exchange offer is subject to limited conditions. See “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We reserve the right to terminate or amend the exchange offer at any time before the expiration date if various specified events occur.
Withdrawal Rights
You may withdraw the tender of your old notes at any time before the expiration date. Any old notes not accepted for any reason will be returned to you without expense as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Appraisal Rights
Holders of old notes do not have any rights of appraisal for their notes if they elect not to tender their notes for exchange.
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes
See “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender.”
Effect on Holders of Old Notes
As a result of the making of, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes pursuant to the terms of, the exchange offer, we will have fulfilled a covenant under the registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the outstanding notes under the circumstances described in the registration rights agreement. If you do not tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the old notes as set forth in the indenture, except we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the old notes under the registration rights agreement. To the extent that old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market for old notes could be adversely affected.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consequences of Failure to Exchange
All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the old notes and in the indenture. In general, the old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.
Material U.S. Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer
Your exchange of old notes for new notes will not result in any income, gain or loss to you for federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Tax Consequences of the Exchange Offer.”
Use of Proceeds
We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the new notes in the exchange offer.
Broker-Dealers
Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer, resale or other transfer of such new notes, including information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the new notes and must confirm that it has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with us or any of our affiliates to distribute the new notes. We have agreed that for a period of 180 days after the last exchange date for the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Exchange Agent
U.S. Bank National Association is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE NEW NOTES

The summary below describes the principal terms of the new notes. The “Description of the Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the old notes and the new notes. The new notes are substantially identical to the old notes, except that the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will not have any of the transfer restrictions, additional interest provisions relating to the old notes and registration rights. The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes, be guaranteed by specified subsidiaries of L Brands, Inc. and be entitled to the benefits of the indenture.

Issuer
L Brands, Inc.
Notes Offered
$297,405,000 aggregate principal amount of new notes in exchange for $297,405,000 aggregate principal amount of outstanding old notes.
Maturity
January 15, 2027.
Interest Payment Dates
Interest on the new notes will be payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year, beginning on January 15, 2019.
Guarantees
The new notes will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of our subsidiaries that guarantee our senior secured revolving credit facility.
Ranking
The new notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and will:
rank senior to our future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes;
rank equally with all of our existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes;
be effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured debt, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt (including obligations under our senior secured credit facility), and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of each of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes; and
be effectively senior to any series of our existing and future senior unsecured notes that are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries to the extent of the assets of our subsidiaries that guarantee the new notes offered hereby.
Similarly, the note guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the guarantors and will:
rank senior to all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the guarantee;
rank equally with all of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future unsecured senior debt and other obligations that are not, by their terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the new notes; and be effectively subordinated to all

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the applicable guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including such guarantor’s guarantee under our senior secured guaranteed revolving credit facility), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any subsidiary of a guarantor if that subsidiary is not also a guarantor of the new notes.

L Brands is a holding company and its most significant assets are the stock of its subsidiaries. The guarantors represent (a) substantially all of the sales of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, (b) more than 90% of the assets owned by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries, other than real property, certain other assets and intercompany investments and balances and (c) more than 95% of the accounts receivable and inventory directly owned by the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

Optional Redemption
We may redeem the new notes, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the new notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date and a “make-whole” premium, as described under “Description of the Notes—Optional Redemption.”

Additionally, from time to time before January 15, 2022, we may redeem up to 35% of the principal amount of the outstanding new notes at a redemption price equal to 106.694% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds that we raise in one or more qualified equity offerings, so long as at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding afterwards.

Change of Control
If we experience a “change of control triggering event,” we will be required to make an offer to purchase the new notes at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the purchase date. See “Description of the New Notes—Change of Control.”
Certain Covenants
The indenture governing the new notes will restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:
create certain liens; and
merge, consolidate, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications described under the heading “Description of the Notes.”

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Factors
Before tendering old notes, holders should carefully consider all of the information set forth and incorporated by reference in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific risk factors set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
Absence of a Public Market for the Notes
The new notes are new issues of securities for which there is currently no established trading market. We do not intend to apply for listing of any of the new notes on any securities exchange or for quotation through any annotated quotation system and a trading market for the new notes may not develop.
Trustee
U.S. Bank National Association.
Exchange Agent
U.S. Bank National Association.

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table contains our summary consolidated historical information and other operating data for the three years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, and for the twenty-six weeks ended August 4, 2018 and July 29, 2017. We have prepared the full year information from audited financial statements for the three years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016. We have prepared the twenty-six weeks information from our unaudited financial statements. In the opinion of our management, our unaudited financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information presented and may not necessarily be indicative of full year results. This information is only a summary. You should read it in conjunction with our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

 
Fiscal Year Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
 
February 3,
2018 (1)
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
August 4,
2018
July 29,
2017
 
(in millions)
Income statement data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
12,632
 
$
12,574
 
$
12,154
 
$
5,610
 
$
5,192
 
Costs of goods sold, buying and occupancy
 
(7,673
)
 
(7,449
)
 
(6,950
)
 
(3,607
)
 
(3,261
)
Gross profit
 
4,959
 
 
5,125
 
 
5,204
 
 
2,003
 
 
1,931
 
General, administrative and store operating expenses
 
(3,231
)
 
(3,122
)
 
(3,012
)
 
(1,620
)
 
(1,421
)
Operating income (2)
 
1,728
 
 
2,003
 
 
2,192
 
 
383
 
 
510
 
Interest expense
 
(406
)
 
(394
)
 
(334
)
 
(196
)
 
(201
)
Other income (Loss)
 
(10
)
 
87
 
 
76
 
 
1
 
 
27
 
Income before income taxes
 
1,312
 
 
1,696
 
 
1,934
 
 
188
 
 
336
 
Provision for income taxes
 
329
 
 
538
 
 
681
 
 
41
 
 
103
 
Net income (3)
$
983
 
$
1,158
 
$
1,253
 
$
147
 
$
233
 
(1) The fiscal year ended February 3, 2018 represents a 53-week fiscal year.
(2) Operating income includes the effect of the following items:
(i) In the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, $35 million of pre-tax restructuring charges ($22 million after-tax) related to strategic actions at Victoria’s Secret designed to focus the brand on its core merchandise categories and streamline operations.
(3) In addition to the items previously discussed in (2), net income includes the effect of the following items:
(i) In the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018, a pre-tax loss of $45 million ($29 million after-tax) associated with the early extinguishment of our 8.500% senior notes due 2019 and a $92 million tax benefit related to changes in U.S. tax legislation.
(ii) In the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, a pre-tax gain of $108 million ($70 million after-tax) related to a cash distribution from Easton Town Center and a pre-tax loss of $36 million ($22 million after-tax) associated with the early extinguishment of our 6.900% senior notes due 2017.
(iii) The fiscal year ended January 28, 2017 also includes a $42 million tax benefit related to the favorable resolution of a discrete income tax matter.
(iv) In the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, a pre-tax gain of $78 million ($69 million after-tax) related to the divestiture of our remaining ownership interest in our third-party apparel sourcing business.

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For additional information on items impacting the fiscal years ended February 3, 2018, January 28, 2017 and January 30, 2016, see the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2018 incorporated herein by reference. For additional information on items impacting the twenty-six weeks ended August 4, 2018 and July 29, 2017, see the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1, Financial Statements, of our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended August 4, 2018 incorporated herein by reference.

 
As of
 
February 3,
2018
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
August 4,
2018
July 29,
2017
 
(in millions)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,515
 
$
1,934
 
$
2,548
 
$
843
 
$
1,360
 
Total assets
 
8,149
 
 
8,170
 
 
8,493
 
 
7,620
 
 
7,763
 
Total debt
 
5,794
 
 
5,736
 
 
5,721
 
 
5,777
 
 
5,768
 
Total equity (deficit)
 
(751
)
 
(727
)
 
(258
)
 
(1,122
)
 
(912
)
 
Fiscal Year Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
 
February 3,
2018
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
August 4,
2018
July 29,
2017
 
(dollars in millions)
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EBITDA (1)
$
2,242
 
$
2,562
 
$
2,683
 
$
658
 
$
795
 
Capital expenditures
 
707
 
 
990
 
 
727
 
 
345
 
 
372
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)
 
3.2
x
 
4.1
x
 
5.1
x
 
1.7
x
 
2.2
x
Net cash (used for) provided by
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
 
1,406
 
 
1,990
 
 
2,027
 
 
212
 
 
221
 
Investing activities
 
(698
)
 
(833
)
 
(443
)
 
(330
)
 
(350
)
Financing activities
 
(1,127
)
 
(1,765
)
 
(716
)
 
(554
)
 
(449
)
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA (1)
 
2.6
x
 
2.2
x
 
2.1
x
 
8.8
x
 
7.3
x
Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest (1)
 
5.8
x
 
6.6
x
 
8.5
x
 
3.5
x
 
4.1
x
(1) EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is not a recognized term under GAAP and does not purport to be an alternative to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, it is not intended to be a measure of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as it does not consider certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Because not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.
(2) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges.
 
Four Quarters Ended
 
August 4, 2018
 
(dollars in millions)
As Adjusted Trailing Four Quarters Data:
 
 
 
EBITDA
$
2,105
 
Total debt (at period end)
$
5,777
 
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA
 
2.7
x

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDA

 
Fiscal Year Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
 
February 3,
2018
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
August 4,
2018
July 29,
2017
 
(in millions)
Net income
$
983
 
$
1,158
 
$
1,253
 
$
147
 
$
233
 
Interest expense
 
406
 
 
394
 
 
334
 
 
196
 
 
201
 
Income tax expense
 
329
 
 
538
 
 
681
 
 
41
 
 
103
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
524
 
 
472
 
 
415
 
 
274
 
 
258
 
EBITDA
$
2,242
 
$
2,562
 
$
2,683
 
$
658
 
$
795
 

Stores and Associates at End of Period

 
Fiscal Year Ended
Twenty-Six Weeks Ended
 
February 3,
2018
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
August 4,
2018
July 29,
2017
Number of stores (1)
 
3,075
 
 
3,074
 
 
3,005
 
 
3,076
 
 
3,077
 
Selling square feet (in thousands) (1)
 
12,656
 
 
12,395
 
 
11,902
 
 
12,754
 
 
12,539
 
Number of associates
 
93,200
 
 
93,600
 
 
87,900
 
 
89,700
 
 
92,000
 
(1) Number of stores and selling square feet excludes independently owned Victoria’s Secret Beauty and Accessories, Victoria’s Secret International, Bath & Body Works International and La Senza International stores operated by our partners.

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Before tendering old notes, prospective participants in the exchange offer should carefully consider the risks described below relating to the old notes and all of the information contained or incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Additional risks relating specifically to the exchange offer are also described below. The risks and uncertainties described below and in such incorporated documents are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of those risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. See “Forward Looking Statements” in this prospectus.

Risks Relating to the Notes and the Exchange Offer

You may not be able to sell your old notes if you do not exchange them for new notes in the exchange offer.

If you do not exchange your old notes for new notes in the exchange offer, your old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer as stated in the legend on the old notes. In general, you may not reoffer, resell or otherwise transfer the old notes in the United States unless they are:

registered under the Securities Act;
offered or sold under an exemption from the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or
offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

We do not currently anticipate that we will register the old notes under the Securities Act.

Holders of the old notes who do not tender their old notes will have no further registration rights under the registration rights agreement.

Holders who do not tender their old notes will not have any further registration rights under the registration rights agreement or otherwise and will not have rights to receive additional interest.

The market for old notes may be significantly more limited after the exchange offer and you may not be able to sell your old notes after the exchange offer.

If old notes are tendered and accepted for exchange under the exchange offer, the trading market for old notes that remain outstanding may be significantly more limited. As a result, the liquidity of the old notes not tendered for exchange could be adversely affected. The extent of the market for old notes and the availability of price quotations would depend upon a number of factors, including the number of holders of old notes remaining outstanding and the interest of securities firms in maintaining a market in the old notes. An issue of securities with a similar outstanding market value available for trading, which is called the “float,” may command a lower price than would be comparable to an issue of securities with a greater float. As a result, the market price for old notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer may be affected adversely as old notes exchanged in the exchange offer reduce the float. The reduced float also may make the trading price of the old notes that are not exchanged more volatile.

Your old notes will not be accepted for exchange if you fail to follow the exchange offer procedures and, as a result, your old notes will continue to be subject to existing transfer restrictions and you may not be able to sell your old notes.

We will not accept your old notes for exchange if you do not follow the exchange offer procedures. We will issue new notes as part of the exchange offer only after timely receipt of your old notes and all other required documents. Therefore, if you want to tender your old notes, please allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery. If we do not receive your old notes and other required documents by the expiration date of the exchange offer, we will not accept your old notes for exchange. We are under no duty to give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tenders of old notes for exchange. If there are defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of old notes, we will not accept your old notes for exchange.

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There is no established trading market for the new notes.

The new notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no established trading market. A trading market for the new notes may not develop. If a market does develop, it may not provide you the ability to sell your new notes. Further, you may not be able to sell your new notes at a favorable price or at all. If a market does develop, the new notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than their principal amount or purchase price, depending on many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the market for similar notes and our financial performance.

Some persons who participate in the exchange offer must deliver a prospectus in connection with resales of the new notes.

Based on interpretations of the staff of the SEC contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter available May 13, 1988, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter available June 5, 1991 and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter available July 2, 1993, we believe that you may offer for resale, resell or otherwise transfer the new notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, in some instances described in this prospectus under “Plan of Distribution,” you will remain obligated to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to transfer your new notes. In these cases, if you transfer any new note without delivering a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act or without an exemption from registration of your new notes under the Securities Act, you may incur liability under this Act. We do not and will not assume, or indemnify you against, this liability.

Our substantial level of indebtedness could materially adversely affect our ability to fulfill our obligations under the notes, our ability to react to changes in our business and our ability to incur additional debt to fund future needs.

We have a substantial amount of debt. As of August 4, 2018, after giving effect to the offering of the old notes, we would have had $991 million of unutilized capacity under our senior secured guaranteed revolving credit (which reflects a reduction in availability as a result of $9 million of outstanding letters of credit) and total debt of $5,777 million. For more detail regarding our total debt, see “Capitalization.”

Our substantial debt could have important consequences for our noteholders. For example, it could:

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, innovation and investment in new brands or markets and other purposes;
increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
limit our noteholders’ rights to receive payments under the notes if secured creditors have not been paid;
limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to secure assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, innovation and investment in new brands or markets and other purposes; and
prevent us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute a default under the indenture governing the notes.

Restrictions imposed by our senior secured guaranteed revolving credit facility, our existing indentures and the indenture governing the notes may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinate to claims of creditors of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

As of the issue date, the notes will not be guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries who do not guarantee our senior secured revolving credit facility. Claims of holders of the notes will be structurally subordinated to all of

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the liabilities of our subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes. As of August 4, 2018, after giving effect to the indebtedness incurred in connection with the notes, our subsidiaries that are not guarantors would have had $120 million of indebtedness. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or dissolution of any of the non-guarantor subsidiaries, holders of their indebtedness and their trade creditors will generally be entitled to payment on their claims from assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to us. However, under some circumstances, the terms of the notes will permit our non-guarantor subsidiaries to incur additional specified indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantially more debt, including secured debt.

Subject to the restrictions in our senior secured revolving credit facility, the indentures governing the notes and our other outstanding indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional debt, including secured debt, that would be effectively senior to the notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt. Although the terms of these facilities and the indentures governing the notes and our other outstanding indebtedness contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional debt, including secured debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of important exceptions, and debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we and our restricted subsidiaries incur significant additional debt, the related risks that we face could intensify. As of August 4, 2018, under the terms of our senior secured guaranteed revolving credit facility, revolving loans available for borrowing were $991 million (which reflects a reduction in availability as a result of $9 million of outstanding letters of credit).

We may not be able to finance a change of control offer required by the indenture.

Upon a change of control triggering event, as defined under the indenture governing the notes, you will have the right to require us to offer to purchase all of the notes then outstanding at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued interest. In order to obtain sufficient funds to pay the purchase price of the outstanding notes, we expect that we would have to refinance the notes. We cannot assure you that we would be able to refinance the notes on reasonable terms, if at all. Our failure to offer to purchase all outstanding notes or to purchase all validly tendered notes would be an event of default under the indenture. Such an event of default may cause the acceleration of our other debt. Our future debt also may contain restrictions on repayment requirements with respect to specified events or transactions that constitute a change of control under the indenture.

Federal and state statutes allow courts, under specific circumstances, to void the guarantees of the notes by our subsidiaries and require the holders of the notes to return payments received from the subsidiary guarantors.

Under the federal bankruptcy law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the subsidiary guarantees could be voided, or claims in respect of the subsidiary guarantees could be subordinated to all other debts of a subsidiary guarantor if, either, the subsidiary guarantee was incurred with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditors of the subsidiary guarantor or the subsidiary guarantors, at the time it incurred the indebtedness evidenced by its subsidiary guarantee, received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such indebtedness and the subsidiary guarantor either:

was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;
was engaged in a business or transaction for which such subsidiary guarantor’s remaining assets constituted unreasonably small capital; or
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.

If a subsidiary guarantee is voided, you will be unable to rely on the applicable subsidiary guarantor to satisfy your claim in the event that we fail to make one or more required payments due on the notes. In addition, any payment by such subsidiary guarantor pursuant to its subsidiary guarantee could be voided and required to be returned to such subsidiary guarantor, or to a fund for the benefit of creditors of such subsidiary guarantor.

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The measures of insolvency for purposes of these fraudulent transfer laws will vary depending upon the law applied in any proceeding to determine whether a fraudulent transfer has occurred. Generally, however, a subsidiary guarantor would be considered insolvent if:

the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, were greater than the fair saleable value of all of its assets;
the present fair saleable value of its assets were less than the amount that would be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or
it could not pay its debts as they become due.

There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply in making such determinations or that a court would agree with our or the subsidiary guarantors’ conclusions in this regard.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations

Our net sales, profit results and cash flows are sensitive to, and may be affected by, general economic conditions, consumer confidence, spending patterns, weather or other market disruptions.

Our net sales, profit, cash flows and future growth may be affected by negative local, regional, national or international political or economic trends or developments that reduce the consumers’ ability or willingness to spend, including the effects of national and international security concerns such as war, terrorism or the threat thereof. In addition, market disruptions due to severe weather conditions, natural disasters, health hazards or other major events or the prospect of these events could also impact consumer spending and confidence levels. Purchases of women’s intimate and other apparel, beauty and personal care products and accessories often decline during periods when economic or market conditions are unsettled or weak. In such circumstances, we may increase the number of promotional sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The decision by the U.K. to leave the European Union (“Brexit”) has increased the uncertainty in the economic and political environment in Europe. In particular, our business in the U.K. may be adversely impacted by fluctuations in currency exchange rates, changes in trade policies, or changes in labor, immigration, tax or other laws.

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located, particularly in markets where we have multiple stores, could adversely affect our business. For example, heavy snowfall, rainfall or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period might make it difficult for our customers to travel to our stores and thereby reduce our sales and profitability.

Our net sales, operating income, cash and inventory levels fluctuate on a seasonal basis.

We experience major seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating income, with a significant portion of our operating income typically realized during the fourth quarter holiday season. Any decrease in sales or margins during this period could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Seasonal fluctuations also affect our cash and inventory levels, since we usually order merchandise in advance of peak selling periods and sometimes before new fashion trends are confirmed by customer purchases. We must carry a significant amount of inventory, especially before the holiday season selling period. If we are not successful in selling inventory, we may have to sell the inventory at significantly reduced prices or may not be able to sell the inventory at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our net sales depend on a volume of traffic to our stores and the availability of suitable lease space.

Most of our stores are located in retail shopping areas including malls and other types of retail centers. Sales at these stores are derived, in part, from the volume of traffic in those retail areas. Our stores benefit from the ability of the retail center and other attractions in an area, including “destination” retail stores, to generate consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores. Sales volume and retail traffic may be adversely affected by factors

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

that we cannot control, such as economic downturns or changes in consumer demographics in a particular area, consumer trends away from brick-and-mortar retail toward online shopping, competition from internet and other retailers and other retail areas where we do not have stores, the closing or decline in popularity of other stores in the shopping areas where our stores are located and the deterioration in the financial condition of the operators of the shopping areas or developers in which our stores are located.

Part of our future growth is significantly dependent on our ability to operate stores in desirable locations with capital investment and lease costs providing the opportunity to earn a reasonable return. We cannot be sure as to when or whether such desirable locations will become available at reasonable costs. Some of our store locations, such as our Victoria’s Secret flagship stores, require significant upfront capital investment and have material lease commitments. Additionally, we are dependent upon the suitability of the lease spaces that we currently use. The leases that we enter into are generally noncancellable leases with initial terms of ten years. If we determine that it is no longer economical to operate a store and decide to close it, we may remain obligated under the applicable lease for, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term.

These risks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to grow depends in part on new store openings and existing store remodels and expansions.

Our continued growth and success will depend in part on our ability to open and operate new stores and expand and remodel existing stores on a timely and profitable basis. Accomplishing our new and existing store expansion goals will depend upon a number of factors, including the ability to partner with developers and landlords to obtain suitable sites for new and expanded stores at acceptable costs, the hiring and training of qualified personnel and the integration of new stores into existing operations. There can be no assurance we will be able to achieve our store expansion goals, manage our growth effectively, successfully integrate the planned new stores into our operations or operate our new, remodeled and expanded stores profitably. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our plans for international expansion include risks that could impact our results and reputation.

We intend to further expand into international markets, including mainland China, through partner arrangements and/or company-owned stores. The risks associated with our expansion into international markets include difficulties in attracting customers due to a lack of customer familiarity with our brands, our lack of familiarity with local customer preferences and seasonal differences in the market. Further, entry into other markets may bring us into competition with new competitors or with existing competitors with an established market presence. Other risks include general economic conditions in specific countries or markets, volatility in the geopolitical landscape, restrictions on the repatriation of funds held internationally, disruptions or delays in shipments, changes in diplomatic and trade relationships, political instability and foreign governmental regulation. Such expansions will also have upfront investment costs that may not be accompanied by sufficient revenues to achieve typical or expected operational and financial performance.

We also have risks related to identifying suitable partners. In addition, certain aspects of these arrangements are not directly within our control, such as the ability of these third parties to meet their projections regarding store openings and sales and their compliance with federal and local law. We cannot ensure the profitability or success of our expansion into international markets.

Further, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates. See “Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our financial condition and results of operations” below.

These risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our licensees, franchisees and wholesalers could take actions that could harm our business or brand images.

We have global representation through independently owned stores operated by our partners. Although we have criteria to evaluate and select prospective partners, the level of control we can exercise over our partners is limited and the quality and success of their operations may be diminished by any number of factors beyond our

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

control. For example, our partners may not have the business acumen or financial resources necessary to successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with our standards and may not hire and train qualified store managers and other personnel. Our brand image and reputation may suffer materially and our sales could decline if our partners do not operate successfully. These risks could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our direct channel businesses include risks that could have an effect on our results.

Our direct operations are subject to numerous risks that could have a material adverse effect on our results. Risks include, but are not limited to, the difficulty in recreating the in-store experience through our direct channels; domestic or international resellers purchasing merchandise and reselling it outside our control; our ability to anticipate and implement innovations in technology and logistics in order to appeal to existing and potential customers who increasingly rely on multiple channels to meet their shopping needs; the failure of and risks related to the systems that operate our web infrastructure, websites and the related support systems, including computer viruses, theft of customer information, privacy concerns, telecommunication failures and electronic break-ins and similar disruptions; and risks related to the fulfillment of direct-to-consumer orders such as not adequately predicting customer demand.

Our failure to maintain efficient and uninterrupted order-taking and fulfillment operations could also have a material adverse effect on our results. The satisfaction of our online customers depends on their timely receipt of merchandise. If we encounter difficulties with the distribution facilities, or if the facilities were to shut down for any reason, including as a result of fire, natural disaster or work stoppage, we could face shortages of inventory; incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to our customers; and cause customer dissatisfaction.

Any of these issues could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to protect our reputation could have a material effect on our brand images.

Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to our brand images. Our reputation could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality and integrity. Any negative publicity, including information publicized through traditional or social media platforms and similar venues such as blogs, websites and other forums, may affect our reputation and brand and, consequently, reduce demand for our merchandise, even if such publicity is unverified or inaccurate.

Failure to comply with ethical, social, product, labor and environmental standards, or related political considerations, could also jeopardize our reputation and potentially lead to various adverse consumer actions, including boycotts. Failure to comply with local laws and regulations, to maintain an effective system of internal controls, to maintain the security of customer, associate, third-party or company information or to provide accurate and timely financial statement information could also hurt our reputation. Damage to our reputation or loss of consumer confidence for any of these or other reasons could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, as well as require additional resources to rebuild our reputation.

If our marketing, advertising and promotional programs are unsuccessful, or if our competitors are more effective with their programs than we are, our revenue or results of operations may be adversely affected.

Customer traffic and demand for our merchandise are influenced by our advertising, marketing and promotional activities, the name recognition and reputation of our brands and the location of and service offered in our stores. Although we use marketing, advertising and promotional programs to attract customers through various media including social media, websites, mobile applications, email, print and television, some of our competitors may expend more for their programs than we do, or use different approaches than we do, which may provide them with a competitive advantage. Our programs may not be effective or could require increased expenditures, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and results of operations.

Our ability to adequately protect our trade names, trademarks and patents could have an impact on our brand images and ability to penetrate new markets.

We believe that our trade names, trademarks and patents are important assets and an essential element of our strategy. We have obtained or applied for federal registration of these trade names, trademarks and patents and have applied for or obtained registrations in many foreign countries. There can be no assurance that we will

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

obtain such registrations or that the registrations we obtain will prevent the imitation of our products or infringement of our intellectual property rights by others. In particular, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. If any third-party copies our products or our stores in a manner that projects lesser quality or carries a negative connotation, it could have a material adverse effect on our brand image and reputation as well as our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to compete favorably in our highly competitive segment of the retail industry could impact our results.

The sale of women’s intimate and other apparel, personal care products and accessories is highly competitive. We compete for sales with a broad range of other retailers, including individual and chain specialty stores, department stores and discount retailers. In addition to the traditional store-based retailers, we also compete with direct marketers or retailers that sell similar lines of merchandise and who target customers through online channels. Brand image, marketing, design, price, service, assortment, quality, image presentation and fulfillment are all competitive factors in both the store-based and online channels.

Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing and other resources available. In many cases, our competitors sell their products in stores that are located in the same shopping malls and centers as our stores. In addition to competing for sales, we compete for favorable site locations and lease terms in shopping malls and centers.

Increased competition could result in price reductions, increased marketing expenditures and loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to manage the life cycle of our brands and to remain current with fashion trends and launch new product lines successfully could impact the image and relevance of our brands.

Our success depends in part on management’s ability to effectively manage the life cycle of our brands and to anticipate and respond to changing fashion preferences and consumer demands and to translate market trends into appropriate, saleable product offerings in advance of the actual time of sale to the customer. Customer demands and fashion trends change rapidly. If we are unable to successfully anticipate, identify or react to changing styles or trends or we misjudge the market for our products or any new product lines, our sales will be lower, potentially resulting in significant amounts of unsold finished goods inventory. In response, we may be forced to increase our marketing promotions or price markdowns. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our brand image and reputation as well as our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be impacted by our ability to adequately source, distribute and sell merchandise and other materials on a global basis.

We source merchandise and other materials directly in international markets and in our domestic market. We distribute merchandise and other materials globally to our partners in international locations and to our stores. Many of our imports and exports are subject to a variety of customs regulations and international trade arrangements, including existing or potential duties, tariffs or safeguard quotas. We compete with other companies for production facilities.

We also face a variety of other risks generally associated with doing business on a global basis. For example:

political instability, significant health hazards, environmental hazards or natural disasters which could negatively affect international economies, financial markets and business activity;
imposition of new or retaliatory trade duties, sanctions or taxes and other charges on imports or exports;
evolving, new or complex legal and regulatory matters;
volatility in currency exchange rates;
local business practice and political issues (including issues relating to compliance with domestic or international labor standards) which may result in adverse publicity or threatened or actual adverse consumer actions, including boycotts;

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

potential delays or disruptions in shipping and transportation and related pricing impacts;
disruption due to labor disputes; and
changing expectations regarding product safety due to new legislation or other factors.

We also rely upon third-party transportation providers for substantially all of our product shipments, including shipments to and from our distribution centers, to our stores and to our customers. Our utilization of these delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, and associate strikes and inclement weather, which may impact our transportation providers’ ability to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs.

Our future performance will depend upon these and the other factors listed above which are beyond our control and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We rely on a number of vendor and distribution facilities located in the same vicinity, making our business susceptible to local and regional disruptions or adverse conditions.

To achieve the necessary speed and agility in producing our beauty, personal care and home fragrance products, we rely heavily on vendor and distribution facilities in close proximity to our headquarters in central Ohio. As a result of geographic concentration of the vendor and distribution facilities that we rely upon, our operations are susceptible to local and regional factors, such as accidents, system failures, economic and weather conditions, natural disasters, demographic and population changes, and other unforeseen events and circumstances. Any significant interruption in the operations of these facilities could lead to inventory issues or increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to our sales, profits, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, our royalty arrangements are calculated based on sales in local currency and, as such, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. Although we use foreign currency forward contracts to hedge certain foreign currency risks, these measures may not succeed in offsetting all of the short-term negative impacts of foreign currency rate movements on our business and results of operations. Hedging would generally not be effective in offsetting the long-term impact of sustained shifts in foreign exchange rates on our business results. As a result, the fluctuation in the value of the U.S. dollar against other currencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our stock price may be volatile.

Our stock price may fluctuate substantially as a result of variations in our actual or projected performance or the financial performance of other companies in the retail industry. Any guidance that we provide is based on goals that we believe, are reasonably attainable at the time guidance is given. If, or when, we announce actual results that differ from those that have been predicted by us, outside investment analysts or others, our stock price could be adversely affected. Investors who rely on these predictions when making investment decisions with respect to our securities do so at their own risk.

In addition, the stock market may experience price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance.

If we are unable to pay quarterly dividends at intended levels, our reputation and stock price may be harmed.

Our dividend program requires the use of a portion of our cash flow. Our ability to pay dividends will depend on our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future. This ability may be subject to certain economic, financial, competitive and other factors that are beyond our control. Our Board of Directors may, at its discretion, decrease the level of dividends or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Any failure to pay dividends after we have announced our intention to do so may negatively impact our reputation, investor confidence in us and our stock price.

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our ability to maintain our credit rating could affect our ability to access capital and could increase our interest expense.

The credit rating agencies periodically review our capital structure and the quality and stability of our earnings. A deterioration in our capital structure or the quality and stability of our earnings could result in a downgrade of our credit rating. Our credit rating was recently downgraded by two of the ratings agencies. Any negative ratings actions could constrain the capital available to our company or our industry and could limit our access to funding for our operations. We are dependent upon our ability to access capital at rates and on terms we determine to be attractive. If our ability to access capital becomes constrained, our interest costs will likely increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, changes to our credit rating could affect our future interest costs.

We may be impacted by our ability to service or refinance our debt.

We currently have substantial indebtedness. Some of our debt agreements contain covenants which require maintenance of certain financial ratios and also, under certain conditions, restrict our ability to pay dividends, repurchase common shares and make other restricted payments as defined in those agreements. Our cash flow from operations provides the primary source of funds for our debt service payments. If our cash flow from operations declines, we may be unable to service or refinance our current debt.

We may be impacted by our ability to recruit, train and retain key personnel.

We believe we have benefited substantially from the leadership and experience of our senior executives, including Leslie H. Wexner, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business. Competition for key personnel in the retail industry is intense, and our future success will also depend on our ability to recruit, train and retain other qualified key personnel.

We may be impacted by our ability to attract, develop and retain qualified associates and manage labor-related costs.

We believe our competitive advantage is providing a positive, engaging and satisfying experience for each individual customer, which requires us to have highly trained and engaged associates. Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, develop and retain a sufficient number of qualified associates, including store personnel and talented merchants. The turnover rate in the retail industry is generally high and qualified individuals of the requisite caliber and number needed to fill these positions may be in short supply in some areas. Competition for such qualified individuals or changes in labor and healthcare laws could require us to incur higher labor costs. Our inability to recruit a sufficient number of qualified individuals in the future may delay planned openings of new stores or affect the speed with which we expand. Delayed store openings, significant increases in associate turnover rates or significant increases in labor-related costs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be impacted by our vendors’ ability to manufacture and deliver products in a timely manner, meet quality standards and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

We purchase products from third-party vendors. Factors outside our control, such as production or shipping delays or quality problems, could disrupt merchandise deliveries and result in lost sales, cancellation charges or excessive markdowns.

In addition, quality problems could result in a product liability judgment or a widespread product recall that may negatively impact our sales and profitability for a period of time depending on product availability, competition reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if the product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertions could adversely impact our reputation with existing and potential customers and our brand image.

Our business could also suffer if our third-party vendors fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations. While our internal and vendor operating guidelines promote ethical business practices and our associates visit and monitor the operations of our third-party vendors, we do not control these vendors or their practices. The violation of labor, environmental or other laws by third-party vendors used by us, or the divergence of a third-party vendor’s or partner’s labor or environmental practices from those generally accepted as ethical or appropriate, could interrupt or otherwise disrupt the shipment of finished products to us or damage our reputation.

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our results may be affected by fluctuations in product input costs.

Product input costs, including freight, labor and raw materials, fluctuate. These fluctuations may result in an increase in our production costs. We may not be able to, or may elect not to, pass these increases on to our customers which may adversely impact our profit margins. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to adequately protect our assets from loss and theft.

Our assets are subject to loss, including those caused by illegal or unethical conduct by associates, customers, vendors or unaffiliated third parties. We have experienced events such as inventory shrinkage in the past, and we cannot assure that incidences of loss and theft will decrease in the future or that the measures we are taking will effectively reduce these losses. Higher rates of loss or increased security costs to combat theft could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our results may be affected by fluctuations in energy costs.

Energy costs have fluctuated in the past. These fluctuations may result in an increase in our transportation costs for distribution, utility costs for our retail stores and costs to purchase products from our manufacturers. A continual rise in energy costs could adversely affect consumer spending and demand for our products and increase our operating costs, both of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be impacted by increases in costs of mailing, paper and printing.

Postal rate increases and paper and printing costs will affect the cost of our order fulfillment and promotional mailings. We rely on discounts from the basic postal rate structure, such as discounts for bulk mailings and sorting. Future paper and postal rate increases could adversely impact our earnings if we are unable to recover these costs or if we are unable to implement more efficient printing, mailing, delivery and order fulfillment systems. These risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We self-insure certain risks and may be impacted by unfavorable claims experience.

We are self-insured for various types of insurable risks including associate medical benefits, workers’ compensation, property, general liability and automobile up to certain stop-loss limits. Claims are difficult to predict and may be volatile. Any adverse claims experience could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We significantly rely on our ability to implement and sustain information technology systems and to protect associated data.

Our success depends, in part, on the secure and uninterrupted performance of our information technology systems. Our information technology systems, as well as those of our service providers, are vulnerable to damage from a variety of sources, including telecommunication failures, malicious human acts and natural disasters. Moreover, despite network security measures, some of our servers and those of our service providers are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Additionally, these types of problems could result in a breach of confidential customer, merchandise, financial or other important information which could result in damage to our reputation and/or litigation. The increased use of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices may also heighten these and other operational risks. Despite the precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems may nevertheless cause failures in our information technology systems. Sustained or repeated system disruptions that interrupt our ability to process orders and deliver products to the stores, impact our consumers’ ability to access our websites in a timely manner or expose confidential customer information, merchandise, financial or other important information could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, from time to time, we make modifications and upgrades to the information technology systems for point-of-sale, e-commerce, merchandising, planning, sourcing, logistics, inventory management and support systems including human resources and finance. Modifications involve replacing legacy systems with successor systems, making changes to legacy systems or acquiring new systems with new functionality. We are aware of inherent risks associated with replacing these systems, including not accurately capturing data and system disruptions. Information technology system disruptions, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our ability to maintain the security of customer, associate, third-party or company information could have an impact on our reputation and our results.

Information systems are susceptible to an increasing threat of continually evolving cybersecurity risks. Any significant compromise or breach of our data security could significantly damage our reputation with our customers, associates, investors and other third parties; cause the disclosure of confidential customer, associate, third-party or company information; cause our customers to stop shopping with us; and result in significant legal, regulatory and financial liabilities and lost revenues. While we train our associates and have implemented systems and processes to protect against unauthorized access to our information systems and prevent data loss, there is no guarantee that these procedures are adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches. In addition to our own networks and databases, we use third-party service providers to store, process and transmit certain of this information on our behalf. Although we contractually require these service providers to implement and use reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur in their systems. We have confidential security measures in place to protect our physical facilities and information technology systems from attacks. Despite these measures, we may be vulnerable to targeted or random security breaches, phishing attacks, denial of service attacks, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors or similar events.

The regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and privacy is increasingly rigorous, with new and constantly changing requirements applicable to our business, and compliance with those requirements could result in additional costs, such as costs related to organizational changes, implementing additional protection technologies, training associates and engaging consultants. Additionally, we could incur lost revenues and face increased litigation as a result of any potential cybersecurity breach.

These risks could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be impacted by our ability to comply with regulatory requirements.

We are subject to numerous regulatory requirements. Our policies, procedures and internal controls are designed to comply with all applicable foreign and domestic laws and regulations, including those required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), among others. Although we have put in place policies and procedures aimed at ensuring legal and regulatory compliance, our associates, subcontractors, vendors, licensees, franchisees and other third parties could take actions that violate these laws and regulations. Any violations of such laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on our reputation, market price of our common stock, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

It can be difficult to comply with sometimes conflicting regulations in local, national or foreign jurisdictions as well as new or changing regulations. Also, changes in such laws could make operating our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. For example, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. It may be difficult for us to oversee regulatory changes impacting our business and our responses to changes in the law could be costly and may negatively impact our operations.

We may be adversely impacted by certain compliance or legal matters.

We, along with third parties we do business with, are subject to complex compliance and litigation risks. Actions filed against us from time to time include commercial, tort, intellectual property, customer, employment, wage and hour, data privacy, securities, anti-corruption and other claims, including purported class action lawsuits. The cost of defending against these types of claims against us or the ultimate resolution of such claims,

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whether by settlement or adverse court decision, may harm our business. Further, potential claimants may be encouraged to bring suits based on a settlement from us or adverse court decisions against us. We cannot currently assess the likely outcome of such suits, but if the outcome were negative, it could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, we may be impacted by litigation trends, including class action lawsuits involving consumers and shareholders, that could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, the market price of our common stock, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We may be impacted by changes in taxation, trade and other regulatory requirements.

We are subject to income tax in local, national and international jurisdictions. In addition, our products are subject to import and excise duties and/or sales or value-added taxes in many jurisdictions. We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. There can be no assurance as to the outcome of these examinations. Fluctuations in tax rates and duties, changes in tax legislation or regulation or adverse outcomes of these examinations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

There is increased uncertainty with respect to tax policy and trade relations between the U.S. and other countries. Major developments in tax policy or trade relations, such as the imposition of unilateral tariffs on imported products, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

This exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the new notes. In consideration for issuing the new notes contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive outstanding securities in like principal amount, the form and terms of which are the same as the form and terms of the new notes, except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The old notes surrendered in exchange for new notes will be retired and canceled. Accordingly, no additional debt will result from the exchange. We have agreed to bear the expense of the exchange offer.

We did not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the old notes.

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of August 4, 2018. You should read this table in conjunction with the information under the heading “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Amounts of debt set forth below are outstanding balances, net of any unamortized issuance costs and discounts.

 
As of August 4, 2018
 
(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
843
 
Senior secured revolving credit facility (1)
 
 
Total senior secured debt
 
 
Senior Debt with Subsidiary Guarantee
 
 
 
7.000% senior notes due 2020
 
337
 
6.625% senior notes due 2021
 
776
 
5.625% senior notes due 2022
 
951
 
5.625% senior notes due 2023
 
498
 
6.694% senior notes due 2027
 
272
 
5.250% senior notes due 2028
 
495
 
6.875% senior notes due 2035
 
990
 
6.750% senior notes due 2036
 
693
 
Secured Foreign Facilities
 
80
 
Total senior debt with subsidiary guarantee (2)
 
5,092
 
Senior Debt
 
 
 
6.950% senior notes due 2033
 
348
 
7.600% senior notes due 2037
 
297
 
Unsecured Foreign Facilities
 
40
 
Total senior debt
 
685
 
Total debt
 
5,777
 
Total equity (deficit)
 
(1,122
)
Total capitalization
$
4,655
 
(1) The aggregate amount of loan commitments under our senior secured guaranteed revolving credit facility is $1 billion. As of August 4, 2018, there were no outstanding borrowings and we had $991 million of available borrowing capacity (after giving effect to $9 million in outstanding letters of credit).
(2) Reflects the total amount of indebtedness guaranteed by the subsidiary guarantors.

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The table below sets forth our ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated.

For the
Twenty-Six Weeks
Ended
For the Fiscal Years Ended
August 4,
2018
February 3,
2018
January 28,
2017
January 30,
2016
January 31,
2015
February 1,
2014
1.7x
3.2x
4.1x
5.1x
4.7x
4.5x

For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, we calculate earnings by adding fixed charges and distributions from equity method investees, net of income or losses from equity method investees, to pre-tax income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle. Fixed charges include total interest and a portion of rent expense, which we believe is representative of the interest factor of our rent expense. Interest associated with income tax liabilities is excluded from our calculation.

Pre-tax income includes the effect of the following special items:

In the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018, a $45 million loss associated with the early extinguishment of our 8.500% senior notes due 2019.

In the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017, $35 million of restructuring charges related to strategic actions at Victoria’s Secret designed to focus the brand on its core merchandise categories and streamline operations, $108 million gain related to a cash distribution from Easton Town Center and a $36 million loss associated with the early extinguishment of our 6.900% senior notes due 2017.

In the fiscal year ended January 30, 2016, a $78 million gain related to the divestiture of our remaining ownership interest in our third-party apparel sourcing business.

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN DEBT

The following descriptions are summaries of various material terms of certain indebtedness. They may not contain all the information that may be important to you. The following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the relevant agreements and indentures to which each summary relates, copies of which are available upon request. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this section shall have the meanings set forth in the amended and restated credit agreement dated as of May 11, 2017 (as amended and restated through the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”) among L Brands, certain of L Brands’ subsidiaries, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders party thereto (such lenders, collectively, the “Lenders”).

Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility

We currently have a $1 billion secured revolving credit facility under our Credit Agreement (as amended, the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which matures on May 11, 2022. The Revolving Credit Facility allows L Brands and certain of its subsidiaries to borrow and obtain letters of credit in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, Euros, Hong Kong dollars or British pounds.

Fees and interest rates payable under the Revolving Credit Facility are based on our long-term credit ratings and, as of August 4, 2018, were 0.25% per annum of the committed and unutilized amounts and 1.50% per annum on outstanding letters of credit. As of August 4, 2018, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. We had $9 million of outstanding letters of credit as of August 4, 2018, which correspondingly reduced our availability under the Revolving Credit Facility.

Our obligations under the Credit Agreement (as well as any obligation of L Brands or any Guarantor (as defined below) in respect of hedging arrangements, cash management arrangements, open account agreements (subject to a cap) and certain separate letters of credit (subject to a cap), in each case, with any of the Lenders or their respective affiliates) (collectively, “Obligations”) are guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by L Brands’ existing and future domestic subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The Obligations are secured by security interests in existing and future tangible and intangible personal property of L Brands and the Guarantors, except to the extent prohibited by L Brands’ existing indentures and subject to additional exceptions for certain specified types of property. The Guarantees and security interests shall be released if L Brands’ issuer credit rating (by S&P) and corporate family rating (by Moody’s) is BBB- and Baa3 or better (if rated by both S&P and Moody’s) or BBB- or Baa3 or better (if rated by one credit rating agency only) and no Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such release. The Guarantee and security interest of a Guarantor may also be released where such Guarantor ceases to be a consolidated subsidiary of L Brands pursuant to a transaction permitted under the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement contains various covenants, including, for example, those that require L Brands to maintain certain specified fixed charge coverage and leverage ratios, and those that restrict the ability of L Brands and its consolidated subsidiaries to incur certain types of indebtedness or to grant certain liens on their respective property or assets. With respect to the foregoing financial covenants, L Brands is required to maintain (x) a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.75 to 1.00 and (y) a leverage ratio, as measured by Consolidated Debt over Consolidated EBITDA, as those terms are defined in the Credit Agreement, not to exceed 4.00 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also includes additional covenants, which, among other things, restrict or limit the ability of L Brands and each of its consolidated subsidiaries to: (a) make new investments in, and new guarantees of indebtedness for the benefit of, non-Guarantor subsidiaries, subject to a $200 million basket (which investment covenant shall not apply if L Brands’ issuer credit rating (by S&P) and corporate family rating (by Moody’s) is BBB- and Baa3 or better (if rated by both S&P and Moody’s), or BBB- or Baa3 or better (if rated by only one credit rating agency); (b) enter into additional agreements or instruments that restrict the granting of liens by L Brands or any of its consolidated subsidiaries to secure the Obligations (or the obligations under any facility that refinances or replaces the Credit Facility); and (c) make restricted payments, except with respect to (i) distributions by wholly-owned consolidated subsidiaries, (ii) ratable dividends by consolidated subsidiaries, and (iii) restricted payments made in cash in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1 billion and (y) 12.0% of Consolidated Total Assets if (A) no Event of Default exists and (B) the leverage ratio, as measured by Consolidated Debt over Consolidated EBITDA, is less than 4.00 to 1.00 (in each case of (A) and (B), at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to such restricted payment) (which restricted payment covenant shall not apply if L Brands’ issuer credit rating (by S&P) and corporate family rating (by Moody’s) is BBB- and Baa3 or better (if rated by both S&P and Moody’s) or BBB- or Baa3 or better (if

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rated by one credit rating agency only)); provided that, in each case of (a), (b) and (c), such covenants are subject to certain (other) exceptions or allowances; provided further, that the covenants described in clauses (a) and (c) shall not apply if (i) the leverage ratio, as measured by Consolidated Debt over Consolidated EBITDA, is less than 3.00 to 1.00 and (ii) no Default exists (in each case of (i) and (ii), at the time of, and immediately after giving effect to, the applicable investment or guarantee or restricted payment).

Secured Foreign Facilities

We and the Guarantors guarantee and pledge collateral to secure revolving and term loan bank facilities used by certain of our Greater China subsidiaries to support their operations. The Secured Foreign Facilities, which allow borrowings in U.S. dollars and Chinese yuan, have availability totaling $100 million. The interest rates on outstanding borrowings are based upon the applicable benchmark rate for the currency of each borrowing. Borrowings on the Secured Foreign Facilities were $80 million as of August 4, 2018, and set to mature between August 2018 and May 2022.

Unsecured Foreign Facilities

We guarantee unsecured revolving and term loan bank facilities used by certain of our Greater China subsidiaries to support their operations. The Unsecured Foreign Facilities, which allow borrowings in U.S. dollars and Chinese yuan, have availability totaling $100 million. The interest rates on outstanding borrowings are based upon the applicable benchmark rate for the currency of each borrowing. Borrowings on the Unsecured Foreign Facilities were $40 million as of August 4, 2018, and set to mature between August 2018 and December 2018.

Other Existing Debt

In June 2018, L Brands issued approximately $297 million of 6.694% senior notes due January 15, 2027. Interest on the 2027 notes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year.

In January 2018, L Brands issued $500 million of 5.250% Senior Notes due February 1, 2028. Interest on the 2028 notes is payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year.

In June 2016, L Brands issued $700 million of 6.750% senior notes due July 1, 2036. Interest on the 2036 notes is payable on January 1 and July 1 of each year.

In October 2015, L Brands issued $1 billion of 6.875% senior notes due November 1, 2035. Interest on the 2035 notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year.

In October 2013, L Brands issued $500 million of 5.625% senior notes due October 15, 2023. Interest on the 2023 notes is payable on October 15 and April 15 of each year.

In February 2012, L Brands issued $1 billion of 5.625% senior notes due February 15, 2022. Interest on the 2022 notes is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year. As of August 4, 2018, $956 million of the 2022 Notes were still outstanding.

In March 2011, L Brands issued $1 billion of 6.625% senior notes due April 1, 2021. Interest on the 2021 notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year. As of August 4, 2018, $780 million of the 2021 Notes were still outstanding.

In May 2010, L Brands issued $400 million of 7.000% senior notes due May 1, 2020. Interest on the 2020 notes is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year. As of August 4, 2018, $338 million of the 2020 Notes were still outstanding.

In July 2007, L Brands issued $300 million of 7.600% notes due July 15, 2037 utilizing a shelf registration statement under which up to $1 billion of debt securities, common and preferred stock and other securities could be issued. Interest on the 2037 notes is payable on January 15 and July 15 of each year.

Other outstanding notes of L Brands include $350 million of 6.95% notes due March 2033.

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

In June 2018, L Brands, Inc. privately placed $297,405,000 aggregate principal amount of old notes in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, the old notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise transferred in the United States unless so registered or unless an exemption from the Securities Act registration requirements is available. In the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC relating to the exchange offer and upon effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, promptly commence the exchange offer.

In addition, we have agreed to keep the exchange offer open for at least 20 business days, or longer if required by applicable law, after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the old notes. The new notes are being offered under this prospectus to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement.

The exchange offer is not being made to, nor will we accept tenders for exchange from, holders of old notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange offer or acceptance of the exchange offer would violate the securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction.

The Exchange Offer

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this prospectus that accompany this prospectus, we are offering to exchange $1,000 in principal amount of new notes for each $1,000 in principal amount of outstanding old notes. The terms of the new notes are substantially identical to the terms of the old notes for which they may be exchanged in the exchange offer, except that:

the new notes have been registered under the Securities Act and will be freely transferable, other than as described in this prospectus;
the new notes will not contain any legend restricting their transfer;
holders of the new notes will not be entitled to some of the rights of the holders of the old notes under the registration rights agreement, which rights will terminate on completion of the exchange offer; and
the new notes will not contain any provisions regarding the payment of additional interest.

The new notes will evidence the same debt as the old notes and will be entitled to the benefits of the indenture.

The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange.

Based on interpretations by the SEC’s staff in no-action letters issued to other parties, we believe that a holder of new notes issued in the exchange offer may transfer the new notes without complying with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act if such holder:

is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
is not a broker-dealer tendering old notes acquired directly from L Brands for its own account;
acquired the old notes in the ordinary course of its business; and
has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in this exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the old notes and has made representations to L Brands to that effect.

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account in exchange for old notes, where such old notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes.

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its outstanding notes directly from us:

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the SEC staff’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter available May 13, 1988, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, SEC No-Action Letter available June 5, 1991 and Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter available July 2, 1993; and
must also be named as a selling holder of the new notes in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A participating broker-dealer may use this prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for old notes where those new notes were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that we will make available to any broker-dealer, without charge, as many copies of this prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request.

Tendering holders of old notes will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes relating to the exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer.

Shelf Registration Statement

If we and the guarantors determine that, because of changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, L Brands is not permitted to effect the exchange offer, or under certain other circumstances, L Brands will, at its cost, file with the SEC and use its reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective after such determination a shelf registration statement with respect to resales of the old notes and new notes and to keep the registration statement effective for two years, or, if earlier, the date when all old notes or new notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement. L Brands will, in the event shelf registration is filed, provide to each holder copies of a prospectus, notify each holder when the shelf registration statement for the old notes and new notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit resales of such notes.

A holder selling old notes or new notes under the shelf registration statement generally must be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and must deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to a selling holder, including certain indemnification obligations.

Additional Interest

We will pay additional cash interest on the principal amount of the old notes, in addition to the stated interest on the old notes, if:

the SEC does not declare the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part effective by December 17, 2018;
neither the exchange offer has been completed nor the shelf registration statement has been declared effective on or before January 14, 2019; or
we have filed, and the SEC has declared effective, the shelf registration statement and at any time prior to the earlier of two years from the date the shelf registration is declared effective and such time as all the notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been disposed of under the shelf registration statement, the shelf registration statement ceases to be effective, or fails to be usable for its intended purpose without being succeeded within two business days by a post-effective amendment which cures the failure and that is itself immediately declared effective.

Additional interest will accrue at a rate of 0.25% per annum on the principal amount during the 90-day period after the occurrence of the registration default and will increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period from and including the date on which such registration default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which the registration default is cured. In no event will the rate exceed 0.50% per annum on the principal amount. If the exchange offer is completed on the terms and within the period contemplated by this prospectus, no additional interest will be payable.

The summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreement contained in this prospectus does not contain all of the terms of the agreement. This summary is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Expiration Date; Extensions; Termination; Amendments

The expiration date of the exchange offer is 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2018, unless L Brands in its sole discretion extends the period during which the exchange offer is open. In that case, the expiration date will be the latest time and date to which the exchange offer is extended. We expressly reserve the

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

right to extend the exchange offer at any time and from time to time before the expiration date by giving oral or written notice to U.S. Bank National Association, the exchange agent, and by timely public announcement. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, the public announcement will be made by a release to Dow Jones New Service or other national newswire service. During any extension of the exchange offer, all old notes previously tendered in the exchange offer will remain subject to the exchange offer. During any extension, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer unless withdrawal rights are exercised. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder promptly following the expiration or termination of the offer.

The initial exchange date will be the first business day following the expiration date. We expressly reserve the right to:

terminate the exchange offer and not accept for exchange any old notes for any reason, including if any of the events described below under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” shall have occurred and shall not have been waived by us; and
amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner.

If any termination or amendment occurs, we will notify the exchange agent in writing and will either issue a press release or give written notice to the holders of the old notes as promptly as practicable. Unless we terminate the exchange offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, we will exchange the new notes for the old notes on the exchange date.

If we waive any material condition to the exchange offer or amend the exchange offer in any other material respect and at the time that notice of this waiver or amendment is first published, sent or given to holders of old notes in the manner specified above, the exchange offer is scheduled to expire at any time earlier than the fifth business day from, and including, the date that the notice is first so published, sent or given, then the exchange offer will be extended until that fifth business day.

This prospectus and other relevant materials will be mailed to record holders of old notes. In addition, these materials will be furnished to brokers, banks and similar persons whose names, or the names of whose nominees, appear on the lists of holders for subsequent transmittal to beneficial owners of old notes.

How to Tender

The tender to L Brands of old notes according to the procedures described below will constitute an agreement between that holder of old notes and L Brands in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus.

General Procedures . A holder of an old note may tender them by properly completing an agent’s message and delivering it, together with a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer according to the procedures described below, to the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date, or complying with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender old notes should contact the holder promptly and instruct it to tender on the beneficial owner’s behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender the old notes itself, the beneficial owner must either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in its name or follow the procedures described in the immediately preceding paragraph. The beneficial owner must make these arrangements or follow these procedures before delivering the old notes. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.

Book-Entry Transfer . The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer old notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program procedures for transfer. However, the exchange for the old notes so tendered will only be made after timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message, transmitted by DTC and received by

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry confirmation. The agent’s message must state that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from the participant tendering old notes that are the subject of that book-entry confirmation that the participant has received and that we may enforce the agreement against that participant.

Although delivery of old notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, an agent’s message, properly completed and duly executed, with any required signature guarantees, must in any case be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” on or before the expiration date.

The method of delivery of old notes and all other documents is at the election and risk of the holder. If your old notes are held through DTC, you must complete a form called “instructions to registered holder and/or book-entry participant,” which will instruct the DTC participant through whom you hold your securities of your intention to tender your old notes or not tender your old notes. Please note that delivery of documents to DTC in accordance with its procedures does not constitute delivery to the exchange agent and we will not be able to accept your tender of notes until the exchange agent receives an agent’s message, and a book-entry confirmation from DTC with respect to your notes. A copy of that form is available from the exchange agent.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures . If a holder desires to accept the exchange offer and time will not permit a agent’s message or old notes to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, a tender may be effected if the exchange agent has received, at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent,” on or before the expiration date a letter, telegram or facsimile transmission from an eligible guarantor institution that:

sets forth the name and address of the tendering holder, the names in which the old notes are registered and, if possible, the certificate numbers of the old notes to be tendered; and
states that the tender is being made thereby; and
guarantees that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution of the letter, telegram or facsimile transmission by the eligible guarantor institution, the old notes, in proper form for transfer, will be delivered by the eligible guarantor institution together with a properly completed and duly executed agent’s message and any other required documents.

Unless old notes being tendered by the above-described method or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer are deposited with the exchange agent within the time period described above, accompanied or preceded by a properly completed agent’s message and any other required documents, we may reject the tender. Copies of a notice of guaranteed delivery which may be used by eligible guarantor institutions for the purposes described in this paragraph are being delivered with this prospectus.

A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the tendering holder’s properly completed and duly signed agent’s message accompanied by the old notes or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer is received by an exchange agent. Issuances of new notes in exchange for old notes tendered by an eligible guarantor institution as described above will be made only against deposit of the applicable agent’s message and any other required documents and the tendered old notes or a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer.

All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, and acceptance for exchange of any tender of old notes will be determined by us. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptances for exchange of which may, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the exchange offer or any defect or irregularities in tenders of any particular holder whether or not similar defects or irregularities are waived in the case of other holders. None of L Brands, the exchange agent or any other person will incur any liability for failure to give notification of any defects or irregularities in tenders. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer will be final and binding.

Withdrawal Rights

Old notes tendered in the exchange offer may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For a withdrawal to be effective, a written or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the exchange agent at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent.” Any notice of withdrawal must:

state the name of the registered holder of the old notes;
state the principal amount of old notes delivered for exchange;
state that the holder is withdrawing its election to have those old notes exchanged; and
specify the principal amount of old notes to be withdrawn, which must be an authorized denomination.

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, the executed notice of withdrawal, guaranteed by an eligible institution, unless that holder is an eligible institution, must specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of that facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of those notices will be determined by us, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any old notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. Any old notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be either:

returned to the holder without cost to that holder; or
in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the applicable exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, those old notes will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility for the old notes, in either case as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer.

Properly withdrawn old notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under “—How to Tender” above at any time on or prior to the expiration date.

Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, the acceptance for exchange of old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn and the issuance of the new notes will be made on the exchange date. For the purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered old notes when, as and if we had given written notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.

The exchange agent will act as agent for the tendering holders of old notes for the purposes of receiving new notes from us and causing the old notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the exchange offer, delivery of new notes to be issued in exchange for accepted old notes will be made by the exchange agent promptly after acceptance of the tendered old notes. Old notes not accepted for exchange will be returned without expense to the tendering holders. Or, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer, the non-exchanged old notes will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility promptly following the expiration date. If we terminate the exchange offer before the expiration date, these non-exchanged old notes will be credited to the applicable exchange agent’s account promptly after the exchange offer is terminated.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer will not be subject to any conditions, other than:

that the exchange offer, or the making of any exchange by a holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC;
the due tendering of old notes in accordance with the exchange offer; and
that each holder of the old notes exchanged in the exchange offer shall have represented that all new notes to be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the consummation of the exchange offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding with any person

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the new notes and shall have made such other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the Securities Act available.

The conditions described above are for our sole benefit. We may assert these conditions regarding all or any portion of the exchange offer regardless of the circumstances, including any action or inaction by us, giving rise to the condition. We may waive these conditions in whole or in part at any time or from time to time in our sole discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the rights described above will not be deemed a waiver of any of those rights, and each right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time or from time to time. In addition, we have reserved the right, despite the satisfaction of each of the conditions described above, to terminate or amend the exchange offer.

Any determination by us concerning the fulfillment or nonfulfillment of any conditions will be final and binding upon all parties. In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered and no new notes will be issued in exchange for any old notes, if at that time any stop order is threatened or in effect relating to:

the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part; or
the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

Exchange Agent

The U.S. Bank National Association has been appointed as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery should be directed to the exchange agent, addressed as follows:

Deliver To:
   
U.S. Bank National Association, as Exchange Agent
c/o U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad Street, CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, Ohio 43215
Attn: Scott Miller
Tel: 614-849-3402
Fax: 614-232-8109
Email Inquiries:
scott.miller6@usbank.com

Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses

We have not retained any dealer-manager or similar agent in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others for soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. However, we will pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse it for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its services. We will also pay brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding tenders for their customers. The expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including the fees and expenses of the exchange agent and printing, accounting and legal fees, will be paid by us and are estimated at approximately $800,000.

Appraisal Rights

Holders of old notes will not have dissenters’ rights or appraisal rights in connection with the exchange offer.

Transfer Taxes

Holders who tender their old notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the exchange, except that holders who instruct us to register new notes in the name of, or request that old notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounting Treatment

We will record the new notes at the same carrying value of the original notes reflected in our accounting records on the date the exchange offer is completed. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the exchange of new notes for original notes. We have recognized the expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of the new notes as of the date of the exchange.

Other

Participation in the exchange offer is voluntary, and holders should carefully consider whether to accept the terms and conditions of this offer. Holders of the old notes are urged to consult their financial and tax advisors in making their own decisions on what action to take.

As a result of the making of this exchange offer, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes according to the terms of this exchange offer, we will have fulfilled a covenant contained in the terms of the old notes and the registration rights agreement. Holders of the old notes who do not tender their certificates in the exchange offer will continue to hold those certificates and will be entitled to all the rights, and limitations applicable to the old notes under the indenture, except for any rights under the registration rights agreement which by its terms terminates and ceases to have further effect as a result of the making of this exchange offer.

All untendered old notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the indenture. In general, the old notes may not be reoffered, resold or otherwise transferred in the U.S. unless registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from the Securities Act registration requirements is available. We do not intend to register the old notes under the Securities Act.

In addition, any holder of old notes who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the new notes may be deemed to have received restricted securities. If so, that holder will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. To the extent that old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the old notes could be adversely affected.

We may in the future seek to acquire untendered old notes in open market or privately negotiated transactions, through subsequent exchange offers or otherwise. We have no present plan to acquire any old notes that are not tendered in the exchange offer.

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

As used below, the terms “we,” “us,” “our” and “L Brands” refer only to L Brands, Inc. and not to any of its Subsidiaries. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this description are set forth below under “—Certain Definitions.” Capitalized terms used but not defined in this section shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

General

The old notes were issued under an indenture (the “Indenture”) dated as of June 18, 2018, as supplemented by the first supplemental indenture, dated June 29, 2018, among us, the guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Indenture is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “TIA”). The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the notes and the Indenture. However, this summary does not purport to be a complete description of the notes or the Indenture and is subject to the detailed provisions of, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Indenture, a copy of which is available from the Company upon request. We urge you to read the Indenture carefully because it, and not the following description, will govern your rights as a holder of the notes.

Maturity, Interest, Form and Denomination

The notes will mature on January 15, 2027 and will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 6.694%.

Interest will be payable semiannually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year commencing on January 15, 2019 to holders of record of the notes on the preceding January 1 and July 1, respectively. If an interest payment date falls on a day that is not a business day, interest will be payable on the next succeeding business day with the same force and effect as if made on such interest payment date. Interest on the notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

The notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The registered holder of a note will be treated as the owner of such note for all purposes of the Indenture.

Further Issuances of the Notes

We may, from time to time, without the consent of the existing holders of the notes, issue additional notes (“Additional Notes”) under the Indenture having the same terms as the notes in all respects, except for the issue date, the issue price and the initial interest payment date. Any such Additional Notes will be consolidated with and form a single series with the notes offered hereby for all purposes of the Indenture. If the Additional Notes are not fungible with the notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Additional Notes will have a different CUSIP number.

Ranking

The notes will be our senior unsecured obligations and:

will rank equally with all our other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time outstanding;
will rank senior to any of our future indebtedness, if any, from time to time outstanding that is expressly subordinated to the notes;
will rank effectively junior to all of our secured indebtedness, if any, from time to time outstanding, including our indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness;
will rank effectively junior to all indebtedness and liabilities of our Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) to the extent of the value of such Subsidiaries;
will be guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors on a senior unsecured basis as described below under “Subsidiary Guarantees”; and
will rank effectively senior to any series of our existing and future unsecured debt securities that are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries to the extent of the value of the assets of the guarantors.

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each Subsidiary Guarantee will be the senior unsecured obligation of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and:

will rank equally with all other senior unsecured indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time outstanding;
will rank senior to any future indebtedness, if any, of such Subsidiary Guarantor from time to time outstanding that is expressly subordinated to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee; and
will rank effectively junior to all of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s secured indebtedness, if any, from time to time outstanding, including such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of indebtedness under our Senior Credit Facility, in each case, to the extent of the value of the collateral of such Subsidiary Guarantor securing such indebtedness, and will be structurally subordinated to all obligations of any Subsidiary of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if that Subsidiary is not also a Subsidiary Guarantor.

The guarantors represent (i) substantially all of the revenue of our domestic subsidiaries, (ii) more than 90% of the assets owned by our domestic subsidiaries, other than real property, certain other assets and intercompany investments and balances and (iii) more than 95% of the accounts receivable and inventory directly owned by our domestic subsidiaries.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The notes will be guaranteed (each such guarantee being referred to as a “Subsidiary Guarantee”), on a joint and several senior unsecured basis, on the Original Issue Date by each of our Domestic Subsidiaries that is a guarantor of our Senior Credit Facility (each such Subsidiary being referred to as a “Subsidiary Guarantor”). On the Original Issue Date, the Subsidiary Guarantors will consist of the following Subsidiaries: Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc., Bath & Body Works Direct, Inc., Bath & Body Works, LLC, beautyAvenues, LLC (formerly beautyAvenues, Inc.), Intimate Brands, Inc., Intimate Brands Holding, LLC, L Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc. (formerly Limited Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc.), L Brands Service Company, LLC (formerly Limited Brands Service Company, LLC), L Brands Store Design & Construction, Inc. (formerly Limited Store Planning, Inc.), La Senza, Inc., Mast Industries, Inc., Victoria’s Secret Direct Brand Management, LLC, Victoria’s Secret Stores Brand Management, Inc. and Victoria’s Secret Stores, LLC. Following the Original Issue Date, additional Domestic Subsidiaries will be required to become Subsidiary Guarantors to the extent set forth below under “—Additional Subsidiary Guarantees.” The obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be limited to the extent necessary to prevent the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.

The Indenture provides that the Subsidiary Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor will be automatically and unconditionally released:

(a) in the event of a sale or other transfer of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor or dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor in compliance with the terms of the Indenture following which such Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be a consolidated subsidiary;
(b) upon such Subsidiary Guarantor ceasing to be a borrower or guarantor under any Senior Credit Facility; or
(c) in connection with a satisfaction and discharge, Covenant Defeasance or Legal Defeasance of the Indenture in accordance with the provisions described below.

Optional Redemption

Make-whole Redemption

The notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, at our option, at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon to maturity discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points, plus accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption. The Trustee will have no obligation to calculate or determine the Redemption Price.

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Redemption from Proceeds of Qualified Equity Offerings

Prior to January 15, 2022 we may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 106.694% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount at maturity of notes issued under the Indenture (including Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding notes held by us or our Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

Notice of any redemption will be sent at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of notes to be redeemed.

Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Change of Control

If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless we have exercised our right to redeem the notes as described above, holders of notes will have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part in an integral multiple of $1,000 of their notes (provided that no new note will be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount of such new note would be less than $2,000) pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in the Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, we will be required to offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the notes repurchased, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, or, at our option, prior to any Change of Control, but after the public announcement of the Change of Control, we will be required to send a notice to holders of notes describing the transaction or transactions that constitute or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase the notes on the date specified in the notice, which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), pursuant to the procedures required by the Indenture and described in such notice. The notice shall, if sent prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the payment date specified in the notice. We must comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture, we will be required to comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the Change of Control provisions of the Indenture by virtue of such conflicts.

On the Change of Control Payment Date, we will be required, to the extent lawful, to:

accept for payment all notes or portions of notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all notes or portions of notes properly tendered; and
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the notes properly accepted together with an officers’ certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of notes or portions of notes being purchased.

The definition of Change of Control will include the occurrence of a direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of a merger or consolidation) of “all or substantially all” of the properties or assets of L Brands and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. See “—Certain Definitions—Change of Control.” Although there is a limited body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of notes to require L Brands to repurchase its notes as a result of a sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of the assets of L Brands and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain.

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Limitations on Liens

We have agreed under the Indenture that we will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for money borrowed if such indebtedness is secured by a pledge of, lien on or security interest in any shares of Voting Stock of any Significant Subsidiary, whether such Voting Stock is now owned or is hereafter acquired, without providing that the notes (together with, if we shall so determine, any other indebtedness or obligations of L Brands, Inc. or any Subsidiary ranking equally with the notes and then existing or thereafter created) shall be secured equally and ratably with such indebtedness. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to indebtedness secured by a pledge of, lien on or security interest in any shares of Voting Stock of any corporation at the time it becomes a Significant Subsidiary.

Additional Subsidiary Guarantees

If, after the Original Issue Date, any of our Domestic Subsidiaries becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility, then, in each such case, we will be required to cause such Domestic Subsidiary to:

(a) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of our obligations under the notes and the Indenture; and
(b) deliver to the Trustee one or more opinions of counsel that, subject to customary qualifications, such supplemental indenture (i) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and (ii) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Limitations on Mergers and Sales of Assets

We have agreed under the Indenture that we will not consolidate with or merge into another corporation, or sell other than for cash or lease all or substantially all our assets to another corporation, or purchase all or substantially all the assets of another corporation, unless:

either L Brands, Inc. is the continuing corporation or the successor corporation (if other than L Brands, Inc.) expressly assumes by supplemental indenture the obligations of the notes (in which case, except in the case of such a lease, we will be discharged from these obligations); and
immediately after the merger, consolidation, sale or lease, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Reports

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any notes are outstanding, the Indenture will provide that we will file with the SEC (unless the SEC will not accept such filings) and furnish to the holders of notes all quarterly and annual financial information, and on dates, that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the notes were registered under the Exchange Act.

Defaults

We have agreed under the Indenture that each of the following will constitute an “Event of Default”:

default for 30 days in payment of interest upon any Note;
default in payment of principal or premium, if any, on any Note;
default, for 90 days after notice, in the performance of any other covenant in the Indenture; and
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare the notes due and payable. Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding will be entitled to control certain actions of the Trustee under the Indenture and to waive past Defaults. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, the Trustee will not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the holders of notes, unless one or more of such holders of notes shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee.

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, any sums held or received by the Trustee under the Indenture may be applied to reimburse the Trustee for all amounts due to the Trustee under the Indenture prior to any payments to holders of the notes.

The right of any holder of notes to institute an action for any remedy (except such holder’s right to enforce payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Note when due) will be subject to certain conditions precedent, including a written notice to the Trustee by such holder of the occurrence of one or more Events of Default, a request to the Trustee by the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding to take action and an offer satisfactory to the Trustee of security and indemnity against liabilities incurred by it in so doing.

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture and the guarantees will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding notes when either:

(a) all the notes that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by us and thereafter repaid to us or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(b) (1)all notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due and payable, or may be called for redemption, within one year or (z) have been called for redemption pursuant to the provisions described under “—Optional Redemption,” and, in any case, the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of notes, U.S. legal tender, U.S. government obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
(2) we have paid all other sums payable by us under the Indenture; and
(3) we have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the notes at maturity or on the date of redemption, as the case may be.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

We may, at our option and at any time, elect to have our obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding notes (“Legal Defeasance”). Legal Defeasance means that we and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, and the Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, except as to:

(a) rights of holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of and interest on the notes when such payments are due from the trust funds referred to below;
(b) our obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(c) the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, and our obligations in connection therewith; and
(d) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we may, at our option and at any time, elect to have our obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors released with respect to most of the covenants under the Indenture, except as described otherwise in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain Events of Default (not including non-payment and bankruptcy events) will no longer apply. Covenant Defeasance will not be effective until such bankruptcy events no longer apply. We may exercise our Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether we have previously exercised Covenant Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) we must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the holders, U.S. legal tender, U.S. government obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants selected by us, to pay the principal of and interest on the notes on the stated date for payment or on the redemption date of the principal or installment of principal of or interest on the notes;
(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, we shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States confirming that:
(i) we have received from, or there has been published by the Internal Revenue Service, a ruling; or
(ii) since the Original Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law; in either case to the effect that, and based thereon this opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred,
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, we shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States confirming that the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
(e) the Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under the Indenture or a default under any other material agreement or instrument to which we or any of our Subsidiaries is a party or by which we or any of our Subsidiaries is bound;
(f) we shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the holders of notes over any other of our creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of our creditors or others; and
(g) we shall have delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that the conditions provided for in, in the case of the officers’ certificate, clauses (a) through (f) and, in the case of the opinion of counsel, clauses (b) and/or (c) and (e) of this paragraph have been complied with.

If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the notes when due, then our obligations and the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

Modification of the Indenture

The Indenture contains provisions permitting us and the Trustee, without the consent of the holders of notes, to, among other things, issue Additional Notes under the Indenture, comply with the terms of the TIA, make changes that are not adverse to the holders of notes and add additional Subsidiary Guarantors (or release additional Subsidiary Guarantors from their Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with the Indenture) by one or

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

more supplemental indentures and, with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes at the time outstanding, to modify the Indenture or any supplemental Indenture or the rights of the holders of the notes; provided that no such modification will:

extend the fixed maturity of any Note, reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest thereon, reduce the principal amount thereof or the premium, if any, thereon, reduce the amount of the principal payable on any date, change the coin or currency in which principal of or any premium or interest on any notes are payable, release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their Subsidiary Guarantees (other than in accordance with the Indenture) or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the maturity thereof, without the consent of the holder of each Note affected thereby;
reduce the aforesaid percentage of notes, the consent of the holders of which is required for any such modification without the consent of the holders of all notes then outstanding; or
modify without the written consent of the Trustee the rights, duties or immunities of the Trustee.

Concerning the Trustee

The Trustee has loaned money to us and provided other services to us in the past and may do so in the future as a part of its regular business. We will be required to file annually with the Trustee a statement of certain officers specified in the Indenture as to the fulfillment of our obligations under the Indenture during the preceding year.

Certain Definitions

“Below Investment Grade Rating Event” means the notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by both of the Rating Agencies (as defined below) on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies (the “Relevant Period”)); provided that a Below Investment Grade Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply either (1) did not reduce the ratings of the notes during the Relevant Period or (2) do not announce or publicly confirm that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Below Investment Grade Rating Event).

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of L Brands and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “Person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than L Brands or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “Person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of L Brands’ voting stock; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of L Brands’ Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) we become a wholly owned Subsidiary of a holding company that has agreed to be bound by the terms of the notes and (2) the holders of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of our voting stock immediately prior to that transaction.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if we obtain fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

“Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of L Brands who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Original Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of L Brands’ proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

“Default” shall mean an Event of Default or an event that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Disqualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the notes.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any of our Subsidiaries which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Equity Interests” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that we appoint.

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement rating agency or rating agencies selected by us.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Original Issue Date” means the first date on which notes are delivered under the Indenture (which will be the early settlement date for the notes).

“Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, business trust, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or political subdivision or agency thereof.

“Qualified Equity Offerings” means a public or private offering of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of L Brands generating gross proceeds of at least $50 million.

“Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the notes or fails to make a rating of the notes publicly available for reasons outside of our control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered under Section 15E of the Exchange Act, selected by us (as certified by a resolution of our Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

“Reference Treasury Dealers” means (1) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), we shall substitute another nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a Primary Treasury Dealer, and (2) two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by us.

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by us, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to us by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc.

“Senior Credit Facility” shall mean each of (i) the Amended and Restated Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, among L Brands, Inc., the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of October 6, 2004, as amended or amended and restated November 5, 2004, March 22, 2006, August 3, 2007, February 19, 2009, March 8, 2010, July 15, 2011, July 18, 2014 and May 11, 2017 and (ii) any other indebtedness for borrowed money of L Brands or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries in excess of $100 million.

“Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary (treated for purposes of this definition on a consolidated basis together with its Subsidiaries) which meets any of the following conditions:

our and our other Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Subsidiary exceed ten percent of the total assets of ours and our Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;
our and our other Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Subsidiary exceeds ten percent of the total assets of ours and our Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or
our and our other Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles of the Subsidiary exceeds ten percent of such income of ours and our Subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year.

“Subsidiary” means a corporation, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by us or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by us and one or more other Subsidiaries.

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to a maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date).

“Voting Stock” means capital stock the holders of which have general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of a corporation; provided that, for the purpose of such definition, capital stock which carries only the right to vote conditioned on the occurrence of an event shall not be considered Voting Stock whether or not such event shall have occurred.

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The exchange of old notes for new notes in the exchange offer will not result in any United States federal income tax consequences to beneficial owners. The tax consequences of holding the new notes (including the accrual of original issue discount on the new notes) are identical to those of holding the old notes. Accordingly, when a holder exchanges an old note for a new note in the exchange offer, the beneficial owner will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in the new note as in the old note immediately before the exchange.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives new notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer notes must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new notes received in exchange for the old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the guarantors have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business 180 days after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until , all dealers effecting transactions in the new notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

We and the guarantors will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new notes by broker-dealers. New notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and or the purchasers of any such new notes. Any broker-dealer that resells new notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of new notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.

We and the guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

VALIDITY OF SECURITIES

The validity of the new notes and the related guarantees will be passed on for us by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of L Brands, Inc. appearing in L Brands, Inc.’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended February 3, 2018 (including schedules appearing therein), and the effectiveness of L Brands, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 3, 2018 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports thereon, included therein, and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

With respect to the unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial information of L Brands, Inc. and subsidiaries for the thirteen-week period ended May 5, 2018 and the twenty-six week period ended August 4, 2018, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, Ernst & Young LLP reported that they have applied limited procedures in accordance with professional standards for a review of such information. However, their separate reports dated June 7, 2018 and September 7, 2018, respectively, included in L Brands, Inc.’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods then ended, and incorporated by reference herein, state that they did not audit and they do not express an opinion on that interim financial information. Accordingly, the degree of reliance on their report on such information should be restricted in light of the limited nature of the review procedures applied.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ernst & Young LLP is not subject to the liability provisions of Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) for their report on the unaudited interim financial information because that report is not a “report” or a “part” of the Registration Statement prepared or certified by Ernst & Young LLP within the meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Act.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file reports and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by us may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. For further information about the public reference room, call 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website on the Internet that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, and such website is located at http://www.sec.gov .

You may request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

L Brands, Inc.
Investor Relations Department
Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43230

INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

This document incorporates by reference the documents set forth below. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (other than, in each case, documents or information deemed to have been furnished and not filed in accordance with SEC rules) on or after the date of this prospectus:

Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2018;
Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended May 5, 2018 and August 4, 2018;
Current Reports on Form 8-K as filed on May 17, 2018, June 1, 2018 and June 14, 2018; and
Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14A filed on April 5, 2018.

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

We are a Delaware corporation. Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) enables a corporation to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of the director’s fiduciary duty, except:

for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions); or
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

In accordance with Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of L Brands includes a provision eliminating, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the liability of L Brands’ directors to L Brands or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary as director.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any individual serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another organization, who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding provided that such director, officer, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, provided further that such director, officer, employee or agent had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

The DGCL provides that the indemnification described above shall not be deemed exclusive of any other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation pursuant to its bylaws, disinterested directors’ vote, stockholders’ vote, agreement or otherwise.

The DGCL also provides corporations with the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation in a similar capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability as described above.

In accordance with Section 145(a) of the DGCL, L Brands’ Amended and Restated Bylaws provide that every person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person, or such person’s testator or intestate, is or was serving as a director or officer of L Brands or is or was serving at the request of L Brands as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, or as a member of any committee or similar body, shall be indemnified and held harmless to the fullest extent legally permissible under the DGCL against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (including appeals) or the defense or settlement thereof or any claim, issue, or matter therein. Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending such an action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by L Brands in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any amount if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification by L Brands as authorized by the relevant sections of the DGCL.

The Registration Rights Agreement filed as Exhibit 4.3 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Registrants by the initial purchasers against certain liabilities.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits . Reference is made to the Exhibit Index filed as part of this registration statement.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules . Reference is made to the financial statements or notes thereto included in the prospectus to which this registration statement relates.
Item 22. Undertakings

Each undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made of securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(d) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(e) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness.

Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(f) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(g) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(h) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this registration statement, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.
(i) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
Document
3
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K dated February 1, 2014.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 3, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Bath & Body Works Direct, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of Bath & Body Works Direct, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Formation of Bath & Body Works, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Bath & Body Works, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Formation of beautyAvenues, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.9 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of beautyAvenues, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.10 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Intimate Brands, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.11 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Intimate Brands, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.12 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Intimate Brands Holding, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.13 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Intimate Brands Holding, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.14 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of L Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.15 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of L Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.16 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation of L Brands Service Company, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.17 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of L Brands Service Company, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.18 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of L Brands Store Design & Construction, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.19 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of L Brands Store Design & Construction, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.20 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of La Senza, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.21 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of La Senza, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.22 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Mast Industries, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.23 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of Mast Industries, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.24 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
No.
Document
Certificate of Formation of Victoria’s Secret Direct Brand Management, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.25 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Limited Liability Company Agreement of Victoria’s Secret Direct Brand Management, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.26 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Incorporation of Victoria’s Secret Stores Brand Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.27 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Bylaws of Victoria’s Secret Stores Brand Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.28 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
Certificate of Formation of Victoria’s Secret Stores, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.29 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Victoria’s Secret Stores, LLC, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.30 to the Company’s Form S-4 dated January 25, 2016.
4
Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders
Conformed copy of the Indenture dated as of March 15, 1988 between the Company and The Bank of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-105484) dated May 22, 2003.
4.2
Proposed form of Debt Warrant Agreement for Warrants attached to Debt Securities, with proposed form of Debt Warrant Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 33-53366) originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on October 16, 1992, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, filed with the SEC on February 23, 1993 (the “1993 Form S-3”). (P)
4.3
Proposed form of Debt Warrant Agreement for Warrants not attached to Debt Securities, with proposed form of Debt Warrant Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 1993 Form S-3. (P)
Indenture, dated as of February 19, 2003 between the Company and The Bank of New York, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-104633) dated April 18, 2003.
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 31, 2005 among the Company, The Bank of New York and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-125561) filed June 6, 2005.
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 17, 2007 between the Company and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-146420) filed October 1, 2007.
Indenture, dated as of June 19, 2009, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 24, 2009.
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2009, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 24, 2009.
Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of May 4, 2010 between the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-170406) filed on November 5, 2010.
Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 29, 2011 between the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.5 to the post-effective amendment to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-170406) filed on March 22, 2011.
Form of Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 2011 between the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.6 to the post-effective amendment to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-170406) filed on March 22, 2011.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
No.
Document
Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 7, 2012 among the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 28, 2012.
Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 22, 2013 between the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-191968) filed on October 29, 2013.
Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 16, 2013 between the Company, the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-191968) filed on October 29, 2013.
Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated July 18, 2014 among L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, L (Overseas) Holdings LP, an Alberta limited partnership, Canadian Retail Holdings Corporation, a Nova Scotia company, Victoria’s Secret UK Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales, and Mast Industries (Far East) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), in respect of the Amended and Restated Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 15, 2011 among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated July 22, 2014.
Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 30, 2015 among the Company, the New Guarantors, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, as Trustee, and the Old Guarantors to the Base Indenture dated as of March 15, 1988, as amended, relating to the 7.000% Senior Notes due 2020, the 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021, the 5.625% Senior Notes due 2022 and the 5.625% Senior Notes due 2023 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-209114) filed on January 25, 2016.
First Amendment dated as of April 21, 2015 among the Company, L (Overseas) Holding LP, an Alberta limited partnership, Canadian Retail Holdings Corporation, a Nova Scotia company, Victoria’s Secret UK Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales, and Mast Industries (Far East) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), in respect of the Amended and Restated Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014 among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 2, 2015.
Indenture, dated as of October 30, 2015, among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 3, 2015.
Form of 6.875% senior notes due 2035, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 3, 2015.
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 30, 2015, among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated as representative of the initial purchasers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 3, 2015.
Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2016, among L Brands, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 16, 2016.
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 16, 2016, by and among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated June 16, 2016.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
No.
Document
Amendment and Restatement Agreement dated as of May 11, 2017 among the Company, L (Overseas) Holding LP, an Alberta limited partnership, Bath & Body Works (Canada) Corp., a Nova Scotia company, Victoria’s Secret UK Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales, Mast Industries (Far East) Limited, a Hong Kong corporation, and LB Full Assortment HK Limited, a Hong Kong corporation, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (the “Administrative Agent”), in respect of the Amended and Restated Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of July 18, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of April 21, 2015, among the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 17, 2017.
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 23, 2018, by and among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated January 23, 2018.
Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2018, by and among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 29, 2018, by and among L Brands, Inc., the guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
Amended and Restated Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2018, by and among L Brands, Inc. and the dealer managers named therein.
Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP with respect to the new notes.
10
Material Contracts
10.1**
Officers’ Benefits Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 1989. (P)
The Company’s Supplemental Retirement and Deferred Compensation Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001.
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and the directors and executive officers of the Company incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 1998 Form 10-K.
Supplemental schedule of directors and executive officers who are parties to an Indemnification Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 1998 Form 10-K.
The Company’s Incentive Compensation Performance Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s Proxy Statement dated April 14, 1997.
Agreement dated as of May 3, 1999 among the Company, Leslie H. Wexner and the Wexner Children’s Trust, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99 (c) 1 to the Company’s Schedule 13E-4 dated May 4, 1999.
The Company’s Stock Award and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Associate Directors, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-110465) dated November 13, 2003.
Form of Stock Ownership Guideline, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2005.
Employment Agreement effective as of April 9, 2007 among the Company and Stuart Burgdoerfer, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 11, 2007.
Employment Agreement Amendment effective September 5, 2008 among Limited Brands, Inc., and Stuart Burgdoerfer incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 2, 2008.
The Company’s 1993 Stock Option and Performance Incentive Plan (2009 Restatement), incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-110465) dated September 10, 2009.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit
No.
Document
Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 2007 among the Company, beautyAvenues, LLC, and Charles C. McGuigan, as amended by Amendment to Agreement dated December 1, 2008 and Form of Employment Agreement Amendment effective as of March 15, 2012, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012.
The Company’s 2011 Stock Option and Performance Incentive Plan originally incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement dated April 11, 2011 and Amended and Restated dated July 21, 2011 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012.
Employment Agreement dated as of July 5, 2011 among Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc. and Nicholas P. M. Coe incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2012.
Employment Agreement dated as of March 15, 2013 among the Company, Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc. and Nicholas P. M. Coe, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.
Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Master Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015.
The Company’s 2015 Stock Option and Performance Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Reg. No. 333-176588) dated September 4, 2015.
L Brands, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Performance Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions of Restricted Share Unit Grant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2015.
L Brands, Inc. 2015 Stock Option and Performance Incentive Plan Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 2015.
L Brands, Inc. 2015 Cash Incentive Compensation Performance Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 26, 2015.
Employment Agreement dated as of July 23, 2009 among Limited Brands, Inc., Limited Service Corporation, Inc., and Martin P. Waters, as amended by Employment Agreement Amendment among Limited Brands, Inc., Limited Brands Service Company, LLC, and Mr. Waters effective as of December 19, 2012 incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 28, 2017.
Employment Agreement Amendment dated as of June 2, 2017 among L Brands, Inc., L Brands Service Company, LLC and Martin Waters incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 29, 2017.
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
Letter of Awareness from Ernst & Young LLP.
Subsidiaries of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2018.
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in opinion filed herewith as Exhibit 5.1).
Power of Attorney for the Company.
Power of Attorney for the Guarantors (included on signature pages).
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility of U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee with respect to the indenture dated as of June 18, 2018.
Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
* Filed herewith.
** Identifies management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.
(P) Paper exhibits.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
L BRANDS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Mr. Burgdoerfer is the principal financial officer and the principal accounting officer and has been duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Registrant)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
*
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
   
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
E. Gordon Gee
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Dennis S. Hersch
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Donna A. James
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
David T. Kollat
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Patricia S. Bellinger
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Robert H. Schottenstein
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Michael G. Morris
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Stephen D. Steinour
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Allan R. Tessler
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Abigail S. Wexner
 
 
 
*
Director
September 11, 2018
Raymond Zimmerman
*By
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Attorney-in-Fact
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUARANTOR SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrants certify that they have reasonable grounds to believe that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
BATH & BODY WORKS BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
BATH & BODY WORKS DIRECT, INC.
INTIMATE BRANDS, INC.
L BRANDS DIRECT FULFILLMENT, INC.
L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION, INC.
LA SENZA, INC.
MAST INDUSTRIES, INC.
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES
BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Leslie H. Wexner, Stuart B. Burgdoerfer and Timothy J. Faber, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
Principal Executive Officer
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
 
/s/ Shelley Milano
Director
September 11, 2018
Shelley Milano

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUARANTOR SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrants certify that they have reasonable grounds to believe that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
BATH & BODY WORKS, LLC
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
RETAIL STORE OPERATIONS, INC., its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Leslie H. Wexner, Stuart B. Burgdoerfer and Timothy J. Faber, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
Principal Executive Officer
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
 
/s/ Shelley Milano
Director
September 11, 2018
Shelley Milano

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUARANTOR SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
VICTORIA’S SECRET DIRECT BRAND MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC., its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Leslie H. Wexner, Stuart B. Burgdoerfer and Timothy J. Faber, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
Principal Executive Officer
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
 
/s/ Shelley Milano
Director
September 11, 2018
Shelley Milano

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUARANTOR SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
BEAUTYAVENUES, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
MAST INDUSTRIES, INC., its sole member
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Leslie H. Wexner, Stuart B. Burgdoerfer and Timothy J. Faber, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
Principal Executive Officer
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
 
/s/ Shelley Milano
Director
September 11, 2018
Shelley Milano

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GUARANTOR SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrants certify that they have reasonable grounds to believe that they meet all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and have duly caused this registration statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio, on September 11, 2018.

 
L BRANDS SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
INTIMATE BRANDS HOLDING, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
INTIMATE BRANDS, INC., manager
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Name:
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
Title:
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Leslie H. Wexner, Stuart B. Burgdoerfer and Timothy J. Faber, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or his or her or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
Principal Executive Officer
September 11, 2018
Leslie H. Wexner
 
 
 
/s/ Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
Principal Financial Officer,
Principal Accounting Officer and Director
September 11, 2018
Stuart B. Burgdoerfer
 
 
 
/s/ Shelley Milano
Director
September 11, 2018
Shelley Milano


Exhibit 4.25

SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE

Dated as of June 18, 2018

Among

L BRANDS, INC.,

THE GUARANTORS LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO

and

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

6.694% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2027
 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
 
Trust Indenture Act Section
 
Indenture Section
310(a)(1)
 
7.10
 
(a)(2)
 
7.10
 
(a)(3)
 
N.A.
 
(a)(4)
 
N.A.
 
(a)(5)
 
7.10
 
(b)
 
7.03; 7.10
 
(c)
 
N.A.
311(a)
 
7.11
 
(b)
 
7.11
 
(c)
 
N.A.
312(a)
 
2.05
 
(b)
 
12.03
 
(c)
 
12.03
313(a)  
7.06
 
(b)(1)
 
N.A.
 
(b)(2)
 
7.06; 7.07
 
(c)
 
7.06; 12.02
 
(d)
 
7.06
314(a)
 
4.06; 4.07; 12.02; 12.05
 
(b)
 
N.A.
 
(c)(1)
 
12.04
 
(c)(2)
 
12.04
 
(c)(3)
 
N.A.
 
(d)
 
N.A.
 
(e)
 
12.05
 
(f)
 
N.A.
315(a)
 
7.01
 
(b)
 
7.05; 12.02
 
(c)
 
7.01
 
(d)
 
7.01
 
(e)
 
6.14
316(a)(last sentence)
 
2.09
 
(a)(1)(A)
 
6.05
 
(a)(1)(B)
 
6.04
 
(a)(2)
 
N.A.
 
(b)
 
6.07
 
(c)
 
2.12; 9.04
317(a)(1)
 
6.08
 
(a)(2)
 
6.12
 
(b)
 
2.04
318(a)
 
12.01
 
(b)
 
N.A.
 
(c)
 
12.01
 
N.A. means not applicable.

*
This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.
 
-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE 1 Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
1
   
Section 1.01
Definitions.
1
Section 1.02
Other Definitions.
9
Section 1.03
Rules of Construction.
10
Section 1.04
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
11
Section 1.05
Acts of Holders.
11
     
ARTICLE 2 The Notes
12
     
Section 2.01
Form and Dating; Terms.
12
Section 2.02
Execution and Authentication.
13
Section 2.03
Registrar and Paying Agent.
14
Section 2.04
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.
15
Section 2.05
Holder Lists.
15
Section 2.06
Transfer and Exchange.
15
Section 2.07
Replacement Notes.
16
Section 2.08
Outstanding Notes.
17
Section 2.09
[Reserved].
17
Section 2.10
Temporary Notes.
17
Section 2.11
Cancellation.
18
Section 2.12
Defaulted Interest.
18
Section 2.13
CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.
19
     
ARTICLE 3 Redemption
19
     
Section 3.01
Notices to Trustee.
19
Section 3.02
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.
20
Section 3.03
Notice of Redemption.
20
Section 3.04
Effect of Notice of Redemption.
21
Section 3.05
Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.
21
Section 3.06
Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.
22
Section 3.07
Optional Redemption.
22
Section 3.08
Mandatory Redemption.
22
Section 3.09
Notice in Connection with a Transaction or Event.
23
     
ARTICLE 4 Covenants
23
     
Section 4.01
Payment of Notes.
23
Section 4.02
Maintenance of Office or Agency.
23
Section 4.03
[Reserved].
24
Section 4.04
[Reserved].
24
 
-ii-

Section 4.05
[Reserved].
24
Section 4.06
Reports.
24
Section 4.07
Compliance Certificate.
24
Section 4.08
Limitation on Liens.
24
Section 4.09
Additional Subsidiary Guarantors.
25
Section 4.10
Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.
25
     
ARTICLE 5 SUCCESSORS
26
     
Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.
26
Section 5.02
Successor Person Substituted.
26
     
ARTICLE 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
27
     
Section 6.01
Events of Default.
27
Section 6.02
Acceleration.
28
Section 6.03
Other Remedies.
28
Section 6.04
Waiver of Past Defaults.
28
Section 6.05
Control by Majority.
29
Section 6.06
Limitation on Suits.
29
Section 6.07
Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.
29
Section 6.08
Collection Suit by Trustee.
30
Section 6.09
Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
30
Section 6.10
Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
30
Section 6.11
Delay or Omission Not Waiver.
30
Section 6.12
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
30
Section 6.13
Priorities.
31
Section 6.14
Undertaking for Costs.
31
     
ARTICLE 7 TRUSTEE
32
     
Section 7.01
Duties of Trustee.
32
Section 7.02
Individual Rights of Trustee.
35
Section 7.03
Trustee’s Disclaimer.
36
Section 7.04
Notice of Defaults.
36
Section 7.05
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.
36
Section 7.06
Expenses.
36
Section 7.07
Replacement of Trustee.
37
Section 7.08
Successor Trustee
37
Section 7.09
Eligibility; Disqualification.
38
Section 7.10
Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.
38
     
ARTICLE 8 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
39
     
Section 8.01
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
39
Section 8.02
Legal Defeasance and Discharge.
39
 
-iii-

Section 8.03
Covenant Defeasance.
40
Section 8.04
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.
40
Section 8.05
Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.
41
Section 8.06
Repayment to the Company.
42
Section 8.07
Reinstatement.
43
     
ARTICLE 9 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
43
     
Section 9.01
Without Consent of Holders.
43
Section 9.02
With Consent of Holders.
44
Section 9.03
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.
45
Section 9.04
Revocation and Effect of Consents.
45
Section 9.05
Notation on or Exchange of Notes.
45
Section 9.06
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.
46
     
ARTICLE 10 GUARANTEES
46
     
Section 10.01
Guarantee.
46
Section 10.02
Execution and Delivery of Notation of Guarantee.
47
Section 10.03
Limitation of Guarantee.
47
Section 10.04
Release of Guarantees.
48
Section 10.05
Waiver of Subrogation.
48
     
ARTICLE 11 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
49
     
Section 11.01
Satisfaction and Discharge.
49
Section 11.02
Application of Trust Money.
50
     
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS
50
     
Section 12.01
Trust Indenture Act Controls.
50
Section 12.02
Notices.
50
Section 12.03
Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
52
Section 12.04
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
52
Section 12.05
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
53
Section 12.06
[Reserved].
53
Section 12.07
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders.
53
Section 12.08
Governing Law.
53
Section 12.09
Waiver of Jury Trial.
54
Section 12.10
Force Majeure.
54
Section 12.11
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.
54
Section 12.12
Successors.
54
Section 12.13
Severability.
54
Section 12.14
Counterpart Originals.
54
 
-iv-

Section 12.15
Table of Contents, Headings, etc.
54
Section 12.16
Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages.
55
Section 12.17
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA).
55
Section 12.18
Payments Due on Non-Business Days.
55
Section 12.19
Qualification of Indenture.
55
Section 12.20
Consent to Jurisdiction.
55
 
Appendix A
Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes
Exhibit A
Form of Note
Exhibit B
Form of Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of Representation
Exhibit C
Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors
Exhibit D
Form of Notation of Guarantee
 
-v-

INDENTURE, dated as of June 18, 2018, among L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantors listed on the signature pages hereto and U.S. Bank National Association.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of $297,316,000 aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2027 (the “ Initial Notes ”); and

WHEREAS, the Guarantors have duly authorized the Guarantees and the execution and delivery of this Indenture;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE 1
 
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01            Definitions .

Additional Interest ” means the interest payable as a consequence of the failure to consummate the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement as required by the terms of such agreement.

Additional Notes ” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.01.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agent ” means any Registrar or Paying Agent or Custodian.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Below Investment Grade Rating Event ” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by both of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a Change of Control until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control (which 60-day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by any of the Rating Agencies (the “ Relevant Period ”)); provided that a Below Investment Grade Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Below Investment Grade Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply either (1) did not reduce the ratings of the Notes during the Relevant Period or (2) do not announce or publicly confirm that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Below Investment Grade Rating Event).
 

beneficial ownership ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d‑3 and Rule 13d‑5 under the Exchange Act, and “ beneficial owner ” has a corresponding meaning.

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

Business Day ” means each day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Trustee or commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York, New York.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following: (1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “Person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; (2) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “Person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding number of shares of the Company’s voting stock; or (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (1) the Company becomes a wholly owned Subsidiary of a holding company that has agreed to be bound by the terms of the Notes and (2) the holders of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to that transaction.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5.

Company Order ” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or an Executive Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.
 
-2-

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Company obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Original Issue Date; or (2) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Company’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director, without objection to such nomination).

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” means the designated office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 10 West Broad Street, CN-OH-BD12, Columbus, OH 43215 Attention: Corporate Trust Office, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the holders and the Company).

Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian for DTC with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default ” shall mean an Event of Default or an event that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” of any Person means any class of Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms, or by the terms of any related agreement or of any security into which it is convertible, puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of any event or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed by such Person, whether or not at the option of the holder thereof, or matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date which is 91 days after the final maturity date of the Notes.
 
-3-

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any of the Company’s Subsidiaries which is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

Equity Interests ” of any Person means (1) any and all shares or other equity interests (including common stock, preferred stock, limited liability company interests and partnership interests) in such Person and (2) all rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) such shares or other interests in such Person.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means notes issued in a registered exchange offer or under a shelf registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Original Issue Date, including those set forth in:

(1)            the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

(2)            statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board; and

(3)            such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

Except as otherwise provided herein, all ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP.

Government Securities ” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.
 
-4-

Guarantee ” means a guarantee by a Subsidiary of the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

Guarantor ” means (1) each Domestic Subsidiary of the Company on Original Issue Date that is a guarantor of our Senior Credit Facility; and (2) each Subsidiary of the Company or other Person that executes a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture; and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until such Subsidiary or Person is released from its Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

holder ” or “ noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

Indebtedness ” means any and all obligations of a corporation for money borrowed which in accordance with GAAP would be reflected on the balance sheet of such corporation as a liability on the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

Independent Investment Banker ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers that the Company appoints.

Initial Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Interest Payment Date ” means January 15 and July 15 of each year (commencing January 15, 2019) with respect to the Initial Notes.

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement rating agency or rating agencies selected by the Company.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes and more particularly means any Note authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.  For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “ Notes ” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes.
 
-5-

Offering Memorandum ” means the offering memorandum dated May 31, 2018 related to the Initial Notes.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Executive Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, or other counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

Original Issue Date ” means June 18, 2018.

Outstanding ”, when used as of any particular time with reference to Notes, means, subject to Section 1.05(c), all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

(i) Notes or portions thereof for which funds sufficient to pay the principal thereof, premium, if any, thereon and all unpaid interest thereon at Maturity or to the date fixed for redemption shall have been deposited in trust for such purpose as provided herein with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent); provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption thereof shall have been duly given or provision satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice shall have been made;

(ii) Notes theretofore cancelled and delivered to the Trustee or which have been surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation; and

(iii) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.07 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the Company.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, business trust, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture or other entity, or a government or political subdivision or agency thereof.

principal ” of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

Qualified Equity Offering ” means a public or private offering of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Company generating gross proceeds of at least $50 million.
 
-6-

Rating Agencies” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P; and (2) if either Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside of the Company’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered under Section 15E of the Exchange Act, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors) as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, or both of them, as the case may be.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of the Notes.

Reference Treasury Dealers ” means (1) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer (a “Primary Treasury Dealer”), the Company shall substitute another nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a Primary Treasury Dealer, and (2) two other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Company.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m. on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means that certain Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Original Issue Date by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

S&P ” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global, Inc.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
-7-

Senior Credit Facility ” shall mean each of (i) the Amended and Restated Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, among the Company, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, dated as of October 6, 2004, as amended or amended and restated November 5, 2004, March 22, 2006, August 3, 2007, February 19, 2009, March 8, 2010 and July 15, 2011, July 18, 2014 and May 11, 2017 and (ii) any other indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries in excess of $100 million.

Shelf Registration Statement ” means the Shelf Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Significant Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary (treated for purposes of this definition on a consolidated basis together with its Subsidiaries) which meets any of the following conditions:
 
 
i.
the Company and its other Subsidiaries’ investments in and advances to the Subsidiary exceed ten percent of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year;

ii.
the Company and its other Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of the total assets (after intercompany eliminations) of the Subsidiary exceeds ten percent of the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year; or

iii.
the Company and its other Subsidiaries’ equity in the income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary items and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles of the Subsidiary exceeds ten percent of such income of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated for the most recently completed fiscal year.

For the purposes of making the prescribed income test in clause (iii) above, the following shall be applicable:

(1)            When a loss has been incurred by either the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated or the tested Subsidiary, but not both, the equity in the income or loss of the tested Subsidiary shall be excluded from the income of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated for purposes of the computation; and

(2)            If income of the Company and its Subsidiaries consolidated for the most recent fiscal year is at least 10 percent lower than the average of the income for the last five fiscal years, such average income shall be substituted for purposes of the computation. Any loss years shall be omitted for purposes of computing average income.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.12.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
 
-8-

Subsidiary ” means a corporation, a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more other Subsidiaries.

Transfer Restricted Notes ” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to a maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date).

Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the Original Issue Date and, as amended.

Trustee ” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Voting Stock ” means capital stock the holders of which have general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority of the Board of Directors of a corporation; provided that, for the purpose of such definition, capital stock which carries only the right to vote conditioned on the occurrence of an event shall not be considered Voting Stock whether or not such event shall have occurred.

Section 1.02            Other Definitions .
 
Term
 
Defined in Section
Agent Members
 
2.1(c) of Appendix A
Applicable Procedures
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Authentication Order
 
2.02(c)
Change of Control Notice
 
4.10(c)
Change of Control Offer
 
4.10(c)
Change of Control Payment
 
4.10(b)
Change of Control Payment Date
 
4.10(c)
Clearstream
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Covenant Defeasance
 
8.03
Definitive Notes Legend
 
2.2(e) of Appendix A
Distribution Compliance Period
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
ERISA Legend
 
2.2(e) of Appendix A
Euroclear
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Event of Default
 
6.01(a)
Expiration Date
 
1.05(j)
Global Note
 
2.1(b) of Appendix A
Global Notes Legend
 
2.2(e) of Appendix A
Guaranteed Obligations
 
10.01(a)
IAI
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
 
-9-

Term
 
Defined in Section
IAI Global Note
 
2.1(b) of Appendix A
Legal Defeasance
 
8.02(a)
Note Register
 
2.03(a)
Paying Agent
 
2.03(a)
QIB
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Redemption Price
 
3.07(b)
Registrar
 
2.03(a)
Regulation S
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Regulation S Global Note
 
2.1(b) of Appendix A
Regulation S Notes
 
2.1(a) of Appendix A
Related Proceedings
 
12.20
Restricted Notes Legend
 
2.2(e) of Appendix A
Rule 144
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Rule 144A
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
Rule 144A Global Note
 
2.1(b) of Appendix A
Rule 144A Notes
 
2.1(a) of Appendix A
Specified Courts
 
12.20
Unrestricted Global Note
 
1.1(a) of Appendix A
 
Section 1.03            Rules of Construction .

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(2)            “or” is not exclusive;

(3)            words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(4)            unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,” “Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(5)            the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(6)            “including” means including without limitation;

(7)            references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(8)            unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture;
 
-10-

(9)            in the event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines; and

(10)          all references to interest shall include Additional Interest if payable on the Notes.

Section 1.04            Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

Commission ” means the SEC;

indenture securities ” means the Notes and Guarantees;

indenture security holder ” means a holder of a Note;

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

obligor ” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively.

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.05            Acts of Holders .

(a)            Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the holders of a specified percentage or a majority in aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), such action may be taken by (a) a meeting of the holders or (b) by any instrument or instruments of a substantially similar to the executed and delivered by the requisite number of holders in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.05.

(b)            In order to be effective to take any action under this Section 1.05, an instrument shall (a) be in writing, (b) express the action to be taken, (c) be executed by or on behalf of a holder who is such (i) if such instruments have been requested by the Company or the Trustee pursuant to a written notice sent to all holders of the Notes, on the date such notice is sent or (ii) in any other case, on the date the first instrument expressing such action is delivered to the Trustee, and (d) indicate the principal amount of Notes to which the instrument relates. Each such instrument must be duly acknowledged or witnessed. If such instrument is executed by a Person other than the holder, then such instrument shall include, or be accompanied by proof acceptable to the Trustee of, such Person's authority to execute the instrument. The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Notes Register. The Trustee may accept such other proof or may require such additional proof of any other matter referred to in this Section 1.05(b) as it shall reasonably deem appropriate or necessary.
 
-11-

(c)            In determining whether the holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any authorization, demand, direction, request, notice, waiver or consent or taken any other action under this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such authorization, demand, direction, request, notice, waiver, consent or action, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding for the purposes of this Section 1.05(c) if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to vote such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor. In case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon receipt of instruments representing the holders of a sufficient amount of Notes to take the action stated thereon, the Trustee shall promptly tabulate such instruments and deliver a report thereof to the Company.

(d)            At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 1.05(a), of the taking of any action the holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes, any holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included among the Notes whose holders consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 1.05(b), revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor.
 
ARTICLE 2
 
THE NOTES

Section 2.01            Form and Dating; Terms .

(a)
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in the forms set forth in Exhibit A with the form of notation of Guarantee to be endorsed thereon set forth in Exhibit D attached hereto, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by the Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.  The Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner, as determined by the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by their manual execution of such Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
 
-12-

(b)            The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

Additional Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first Interest Payment Date and the first date from which interest will accrue) as the Initial Notes; provided that if any such Additional Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional Notes will have one or more separate CUSIP numbers.  Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

Section 2.02            Execution and Authentication .

(a)            At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(b)            A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

(c)            On the Original Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an Officer’s Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 12.04 and an Opinion of Counsel of the Company delivered in accordance with Section 12.04 and stating that the Initial Notes have been duly executed and, when the Notes have been duly authenticated and delivered by the Trustee will be duly issued and delivered and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, subject to customary assumptions and qualifications.  In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, and an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel complying with the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder.
 
-13-

(d)            The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.  An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

(e)            The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the Original Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $297,316,000, (b) Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture.  Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes and other information the Company may determine to include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

Section 2.03            Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a)            The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and at least one office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”).  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“ Note Register ”) and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “ Registrar ” includes any co-registrar, and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any holder.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b)            The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.  The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. The Company has entered into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided by DTC and the Trustee and each Agent are hereby authorized to act in accordance with such letter and Applicable Procedures.
 
-14-

Section 2.04            Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 8.05) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date, in the currency or currencies in which such Redemption Price shall be paid.

Section 2.05            Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Registrar shall, upon request by the Company, furnish to the Trustee at least two Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the holders. The Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a).
 
Section 2.06            Transfer and Exchange .

(a)            The Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A.

(b)            To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request.

(c)            No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.07), but the holders shall be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06 and 9.05).

(d)            All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(e)            Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption, or tendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in connection with a Change of Control Offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.
 
-15-

(f)             Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal and (subject to the Record Date provisions of the Notes) interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(g)            Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(h)            At the option of the holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A.

(i)             All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission.

Section 2.07            Replacement Notes .

If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or (ii) the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership of and the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.07, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be issued in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Company and the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.07 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
 
-16-

Section 2.08            Outstanding Notes .

(a)            The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not Outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b).

(b)            If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be Outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York.

(c)            On or after the maturity date or any redemption date or date for purchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, those Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date for which the Trustee (or Paying Agent, other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds money sufficient to pay all amounts then due will cease to be outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture.

(d)            If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09            [Reserved] .

Section 2.10            Temporary Notes .

(a)            Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. In the case of Notes, such temporary Notes may be in global form, representing all of the Outstanding Notes.

(b)            If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company in place where the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes are payable without charge to the holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes in any authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.
 
-17-

Section 2.11            Cancellation .

All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. Acquisition by the Company of any Notes shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same is delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted in this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee may be disposed of in accordance with its procedures for the disposition of cancelled securities, and the Trustee shall certify to the Company any disposition thereof, unless, by a Company Order, the Company shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.

Section 2.12            Defaulted Interest .

(a)            Any interest on any Note which is payable but is not punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the holder on the relevant Interest Payment Date by virtue of its having been such holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

(1)            The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note, the date of the proposed payment and the Special Record Date therefor, which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. At the same time, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Promptly after such Special Record Date the Company shall furnish the Trustee a list, or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee with respect thereto, of the names and addresses of, and principal amounts of Notes held by, the holders appearing on the Notes Register at the close of business on such Special Record Date. In the name and at the expense of the Company, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be sent, to each holder of Notes, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.
 
-18-

Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been sent as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

(2)             The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Notes in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause (2), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

(b)            Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.13            CUSIP and ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices as a convenience to holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such notice shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE 3
 
REDEMPTION

Section 3.01            Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee promptly before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or sent to holders pursuant to Section 3.03 but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (1) the redemption date, (2) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (3) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. If the redemption price is not known at the time such notice is to be given, the actual redemption price calculated as described in the terms of the Notes will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the redemption date.
 
-19-

Section 3.02            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .

(a)            If the Company shall at any time elect to redeem less than all the Notes then outstanding, it shall notify the Trustee of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed before the sending of the notice of redemption pursuant to Section 3.01, and thereupon the Trustee shall select, in such manner as the Trustee shall deem appropriate and fair and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Notes or any integral multiple thereof that is also an authorized denomination, but in no event shall such portion be less than $1,000) of the principal amount of Notes of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Notes; provided, that Notes represented by Global Notes shall be selected for redemption in accordance with DTC’s procedures therefor.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

(b)            [Reserved].

(c)            After the redemption date or purchase date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed or purchased in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the original Note, representing the same Debt to the extent not redeemed or not purchased, shall be issued in the name of the holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries shall be made to reflect such partial redemption).

Section 3.03            Notice of Redemption .

(a)            The Company shall mail or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, or cause to be mailed (or delivered by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary) notices of redemption of Notes not less than 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed or sent more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 11.

(b)            The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and ISIN number, if applicable) and shall state:

(1)             the redemption date;

(2)             the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof;
 
-20-

(3)             if any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed;

(4)             the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5)             that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(6)             that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(7)             the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(8)             that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(9)             if applicable, any condition to such redemption.

(c)            At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least three Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the notice to be given as an exhibit thereto.

Section 3.04            Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed or sent in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.  The notice, if mailed or delivered by electronic transmission in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the holder receives such notice.  In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.  Subject to Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption, unless subject to a condition precedent that has not been satisfied. If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of business two Business days prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded and the redemption of the notes shall not occur. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

Section 3.05            Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .

On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 8.05) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date, in the currency or currencies in which such Redemption Price shall be paid.
 
-21-

Section 3.06            Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) without service charge a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Debt to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.  It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

Section 3.07            Optional Redemption .

(a)             The Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (2) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon to maturity discounted to the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points, plus accrued interest thereon to the Redemption Date; provided that the Trustee will have no obligation to calculate or determine the Redemption Price.

(b)            Prior to January 15, 2022, the Company may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a redemption price equal to 6.694% of the principal amount thereof (the “ Redemption Price ”), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but not including, the applicable Redemption Date; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount at maturity of Notes (including Additional Notes) issued under this Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering.

(c)             Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

(d)             Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on or after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

Section 3.08            Mandatory Redemption .

The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
-22-

Section 3.09            Notice in Connection with a Transaction or Event .

Notice of any redemption of the Notes in connection with a transaction or an event (including a Change of Control Triggering Event) may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event.

ARTICLE 4
 
COVENANTS

Section 4.01            Payment of Notes .

(a)             The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes.  Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York) time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal and interest then due.

(b)            In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than two Business Days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company.

(c)             The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

(d)             Payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Notes are to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders of the Global Notes. With respect to certificated Notes, the Company will make all payments by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each holder’s registered address.

Section 4.02            Maintenance of Office or Agency .

As long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company will maintain or will cause to be maintained, in each Place of Payment for any Notes, one or more offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, exchange and registration of transfer as in this Indenture provided and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of this Indenture and of the Notes may be served. The Company will from time to time give written notice to the Trustee of the location of any such office or agency and of any change in the location thereof. In case the Company shall fail to maintain any such office or agency or to give such notice of its location or of any change in the location thereof, presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Company hereby initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as its office or agency for all the above purposes.
 
-23-

Section 4.03            [Reserved] .

Section 4.04            [Reserved] .

Section 4.05            [Reserved] .

Section 4.06            Reports .

Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will file with the Commission (unless the Commission will not accept such filings) and furnish to the holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial information, and on dates, that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Notes were registered under the Exchange Act.

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Section 4.07            Compliance Certificate .

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer of the Company, stating that:

(a) a review of the activities of the Company during such year with regard to its compliance with this Indenture has been made under such Officer's supervision; and

(b) to the best of such Officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof.

Section 4.08            Limitation on Liens .

The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is secured by a pledge of, lien on, or security interest in any shares of Voting Stock of any Significant Subsidiary, whether such Voting Stock is now owned or shall hereafter be acquired, without effectively providing that the Notes (together with, if the Company shall so determine, any other indebtedness or obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary ranking equally with the Notes and then existing or thereafter created) shall be secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness. For the purposes of the foregoing, pledging, placing a lien on or creating a security interest in any shares of Voting Stock of a Significant Subsidiary in order to secure then outstanding Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to be the incurrence, issuance, assumption or guarantee (as the case may be) of such Indebtedness, but the foregoing shall not apply to indebtedness secured by a pledge of, lien on or interest in any shares of Voting Stock of any corporation at the time it becomes a Significant Subsidiary, including extensions, renewals and replacements of such indebtedness without increase in the amount thereof.
 
-24-

Section 4.09            Additional Subsidiary Guarantors .

If any of the Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company becomes a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility, then, in each such case, the Company shall cause such Domestic Subsidiary to:

(a)             execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Domestic Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture; and

(b)            deliver to the Trustee one or more opinions of counsel that, subject to customary qualifications, such supplemental indenture (i) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and (ii) constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Section 4.10            Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .

(a)            If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, holders of Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part in an integral multiple of $1,000 of their Notes ( provided that no Note will be purchased in part if the remaining principal amount of such Note would be less than $2,000) pursuant to the offer described below in this Section 4.10 (the “ Change of Control Offer ”).

(b)            In the Change of Control Offer, the Company shall offer payment in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes subject to such offer plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).

(c)             Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, or, at the Company’s option, prior to any Change of Control, but after the public announcement of the Change of Control, the Company shall be required to send a notice to holders of Notes (the “ Change of Control Notice ”) describing the transaction or transactions that constitute or may constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase such Notes on the date specified in the Change of Control Notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date the Change of Control Notice is sent (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”).
 
-25-

(d)            The Change of Control Notice shall, if mailed prior to the date of consummation of the Change of Control, state that the offer to purchase is conditioned on the Change of Control Triggering Event occurring on or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

(e)            The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached the Company’s obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture or the Notes by virtue of such conflicts.

(f)             On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, to (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased.

ARTICLE 5
 
SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets .

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into another corporation, or sell other than for cash or lease all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, or purchase all or substantially all the assets of another corporation, unless:

(a)             either the Company is the continuing corporation or the successor corporation (if other than the Company) expressly assumes by supplemental indenture the obligations of the Notes (in which case, except in the case of such a lease, the Company will be discharged from such obligations); and

(b)            immediately after the merger, consolidation, sale or lease, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Section 5.02            Successor Person Substituted .

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor entity had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.
 
-26-

ARTICLE 6
 
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01            Events of Default .

(a)             Except where otherwise indicated by the context or where the term is otherwise defined for a specific purpose, the term “ Event of Default ” as used in this Indenture with respect to the Notes shall mean one of the following described events:

(1)             the failure of the Company to pay any installment of interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, which failure shall have continued unremedied for a period of 30 days;

(2)             the failure of the Company to pay the principal or premium, if any, on the Notes, when and as the same shall become payable, whether at maturity as therein expressed, by call for redemption, by declaration as authorized by this Indenture or otherwise;

(3)             the failure of the Company to observe and perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Company contained in this Indenture (including any indenture supplemental hereto), which failure shall not have been remedied to the satisfaction of the Trustee, or without provision deemed by the Trustee to be adequate for the remedying thereof having been made, for a period of 90 days after written notice shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or shall have been given to the Company and the Trustee by holders of 25% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, specifying such failure and requiring the Company to remedy the same;

(4)             the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for substantially all of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the Company’s affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;

(5)             the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case under the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Company to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Company to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Company or for substantially all of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors;  or
 
-27-

(6)             the occurrence of any other event of default with respect to Additional Notes as provided in a supplemental indenture applicable to such Additional Notes.

Section 6.02            Acceleration .

(a)             If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may by written notice to the Company (and to the Trustee if notice is given by the holders) declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, and premium, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such declaration, such principal, interest and premium, if any, shall be due and payable immediately.  The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee on behalf of all of the holders rescind an acceleration may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

(b)            Subject to Article 7, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes unless such holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense and then only to the extent required by the terms of this Indenture.

Section 6.03            Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.

Section 6.04            Waiver of Past Defaults .

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all holders waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder, except:

(1)            a continuing Default in the payment of the principal or interest on any Note held by a non-consenting holder; and

(2)            a Default with respect to a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected,

provided that, subject to Section 6.06, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
-28-

Section 6.05            Control by Majority .

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any such directions are unduly prejudicial to such holders) or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

Section 6.06            Limitation on Suits .

No holder of any Note shall have any right to institute an action, suit or proceeding at law or in equity with respect to this Indenture, or for the execution of any trust hereunder or for the appointment of a receiver or for any other remedy hereunder, in each case with respect to an Event of Default, unless (1) such holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of the occurrence of one or more Events of Default; (2) the holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee in writing to take action in respect of the matter complained of; and (3) unless such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby and the Trustee, for 60 days after receipt of such notification, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding, and such notification, request and offer of indemnity are hereby declared in every such case to be conditions precedent to any such action, suit or proceeding by any holder of any Note, it being understood and intended that no one or more of such holders shall have any right in any manner whatsoever by his or their action to enforce any right hereunder, except in the manner herein provided, and that every action, suit or proceeding at law or in shall be instituted, had and maintained in the manner herein provided and for the equal benefit of all holders of the Outstanding Note; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Indenture or in the Notes shall affect or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes to the respective holders of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Notes, or affect or impair the right, which is also absolute and unconditional, of such holders to institute suit to enforce any such payment.

Section 6.07            Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder to receive payment of principal and interest on its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder.
 
-29-

Section 6.08            Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09            Restoration of Rights and Remedies .

In case the Trustee or any holder shall have proceeded to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and the proceedings for the enforcement thereof shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of waiver or for any other reason or shall have been adjudicated adversely to the Trustee or to such holder, then and in every such case, the Company, the Trustee and the holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions and rights hereunder, and thereafter all rights, remedies and powers of the Trustee and the holders shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken, except as to matters so waived or adjudicated.

Section 6.10            Rights and Remedies Cumulative .

No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or rights or remedy or remedies, and each and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.

Section 6.11            Delay or Omission Not Waiver .

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein, and every right and remedy given by this Section 6 to the Trustee and to the holders, respectively, may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient by the Trustee or by the holders, as the case may be.

Section 6.12            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims.  Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.  To the extent that the payment of any such fees and expenses of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any holder in any such proceeding.
 
-30-

Section 6.13            Priorities .

Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6, and after an Event of Default any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s or Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, shall be paid or distributed in the following order:

(1)             to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

(2)             in case the principal of the Outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of interest on the Notes, in the order of the Maturity of the instalments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest is legally enforceable and has been collected by the Trustee) upon the overdue instalments of interest at the rate borne by such Notes, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto;

(3)             in case the principal of the Outstanding Notes shall have become due and payable, by declaration or otherwise, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid   upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest is legally enforceable and has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue instalments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes; and

(4)             to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable.

Section 6.14            Undertaking for Costs .

All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any action, suit or proceeding for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any action, suit or proceeding against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such action, suit or proceeding of an undertaking to pay the costs of such action, suit or proceeding, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such action, suit or proceeding, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 6.14 shall not apply to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee, to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by any one or more holders holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by any holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Notes (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).
 
-31-

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01            Duties of Trustee .

 The Trustee accepts the trusts created by this Indenture upon the terms and conditions hereof, including the following, to all of which the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Notes agree:

(a)             Trustee Entitled to Compensation and Expenses; Indemnification. The Trustee shall be entitled to such compensation as is agreed upon in writing for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and the Company agrees to pay such compensation, and all other reasonable expenses (including the fees of Trustee's counsel), disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee hereunder, promptly on demand from time to time as such services shall be rendered and as such expenses shall be incurred. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, also agree to indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor trustee hereunder for, and to hold it or them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without its or their own negligence or bad faith, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder and the performance of its or their duties, as well as the costs and expenses of defending itself or themselves against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, any Guarantor, any holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its or their powers or duties hereunder, or in connection with enforcing the provisions of this Subsection (a). As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Subsection (a), the Trustee shall have a lien therefor on any moneys held by the Trustee hereunder prior to any rights therein of the holders. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Indenture to the contrary, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to indemnify the Trustee under this Section 7.01(a) shall survive any satisfaction and discharge under Article 8.

(b)             Trustee May Act by Agents and Attorneys. The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any duty hereunder either  directly or by its agents and attorneys and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
 
-32-

(c)             Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals of Fact. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for the correctness of the recitals contained herein or in the Notes (except its certificates of authentication thereon), all of which are made by the Company solely; and the Trustee shall not be responsible or accountable in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to the validity or execution or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes (except its certificates of authentication thereon), and the Trustee makes no representation with respect thereto. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes, or the proceeds of any Notes, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

(d)             Trustee May Consult With Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered to be taken by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(e)             Trustee May Rely Upon Certificate as to Adoption of Resolutions; Requests May Be Evidenced by Officers' Certificate. The Trustee, to the extent permitted by this Section, may conclusively rely upon the certificate of the Secretary or one of the Assistant Secretaries of the Company as to the adoption of any resolution by the Board of Directors or stockholders of the Company, and any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by, and whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, offering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee may rely upon, an Officers' Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed).

(f)             Trustee May Become Owner or Pledgee of Notes. The Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.10, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have had if it were not a Trustee or such agent.

(g)            Segregation of Funds. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

(h)            Action at Request of or with Consent of Holder Binding on Future Holders. Any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to any provision hereof at the request or with the consent of any Person who at the time is the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding in respect of any such Note upon all future Holders thereof or of any Note or Notes that may be issued for or in lieu thereof in whole or in part, whether or not such Note shall have noted thereon the fact that such request or consent had been made or given.

(i)              Trustee May Rely on Instruments Believed by It to Be Genuine. Subject to the of Section 7.01, the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.
 
-33-

(j)              Trustee Need Not Exercise Rights or Powers Unless Indemnified by Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order or direction of any Holders, pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, unless one or more Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by it therein or thereby.

(k)             Trustee Not Liable for Action Taken or Omitted in Good Faith. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within its discretion or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(l)              Trustee Not Bound to Make Investigation. Subject to the provisions of the first Section 7.01(n), the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture or other paper or document.

(m)            Trustee Not Deemed to Have Knowledge of Default. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of any default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless the holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Notes notify the Trustee in writing thereof.

(n)             If one or more Events of Default with respect to the Notes shall have happened, then, during the continuance thereof, the Trustee shall, with respect to the Notes, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. None of the provisions of this Indenture shall be construed as relieving the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding:

(1)             When No Default Subsisting. Unless and until an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have happened, which at the time is continuing, (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set out in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee, whose duties and obligations shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture; and

(2)             the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, upon certificates and opinions furnished to it pursuant to the express provisions of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which, by the provisions of this Indenture, are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);
 
-34-

(o)            Trustee Not Liable for Error of Judgment Made in Good Faith by Responsible Officer. The Trustee shall not be liable to any holder or to any other Person for error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(p)            Trustee Not Liable for Certain Action or Non Action at Direction of Holders of Majority of Notes. The Trustee shall not be liable to any Holder or to any other Person with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith, in accordance with the direction of holders, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to it or exercise any trust or power conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(q)            Trustee Not Required to Risk Own Funds.  None of the provisions of this Indenture shall be construed as requiring the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its right or remedies, if there shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(r)             Trustee Not Liable for Special or Consequential Damages.  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(s)             Trustee’s Rights Applicable in All Capacities and Extend to Agents.  The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be compensated, reimbursed and indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(t)             Trustee May Request Officer’s Certificate Regarding Authorized Officers. The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

Section 7.02            Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.
 
-35-

Section 7.03            Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or in the Offering Memorandum or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes. Under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable in its individual capacity for the obligations evidenced by the Notes.

Section 7.04            Notice of Defaults .

Within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, the Trustee shall give to the Holders of the Notes, as provided in Section 7.06,  notice of each default with respect to the Notes known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured before the giving of such notice (the term "default" for the purposes of this Section 7.05 being hereby defined to be the events specified in Section 6.01, which are, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, Events of Default as defined in said Section); but, unless such default be the failure to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes when and as the same shall become due and payable, or to make any sinking fund payment as to Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice, if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 7.05            Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .

(a)             Within 60 days after each anniversary of this Indenture, beginning with the first year following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail (or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to the holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c).

(b)            A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the holders shall be mailed to the Company in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d).  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange or delisted therefrom.

Section 7.06            Expenses .

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(4) or 6.01(a)(5) occurs, the expenses and compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agent and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
 
-36-

Section 7.07            Replacement of Trustee .

The Trustee, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may at any time resign and be discharged of the trusts hereby created with respect to the Notes by giving to the Company 31 days’ prior notice in writing. Such resignation shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Trustee and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor Trustee. Any Trustee hereunder may be removed with respect to the Notes at any time by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, acting pursuant to Section 1.05. Upon its resignation or removal, any Trustee shall be entitled to the payment of reasonable compensation for the services rendered hereunder by such Trustee and to the payment of all reasonable expenses incurred hereunder and all moneys then due to it hereunder. The Trustee’s rights to indemnification provided in Section 7.01(a) shall survive its resignation or removal.

Section 7.08            Successor Trustee

In case at any time the Trustee shall resign, or shall be removed (unless the Trustee shall be removed as provided in Section 7.10, in which event the vacancy shall be filled as provided in said Subsection), or shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or if a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or if any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property of affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation with respect to the Notes, a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Notes and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Notes) may be appointed by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by an instrument or instruments in writing signed in duplicate by such holders and filed, one original thereof with the Company and the other with the successor Trustee; but, until a successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the holders of Notes as herein authorized, the Company by board resolution, or, in case all or substantially all the assets of the Company shall be in the possession of one or more custodians or receivers lawfully appointed, or of trustees in bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings (including a trustee or trustees appointed under the provisions of the Federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted), or of assignees for the benefit of creditors, such receivers, custodians, trustees or assignees, as the case may be, by an instrument in writing, shall appoint a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes. Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.08 and 7.10, upon the appointment as aforesaid of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes, the Trustee with respect of the Notes shall cease to be Trustee hereunder. After any such appointment (other than by the holders of Notes) the person making such appointment shall forthwith cause notice thereof to be sent to the holders of Notes at their addresses as the same shall then appear in the Notes Register; but any successor Trustee so appointed shall immediately and without further act, be superseded by a successor Trustee appointed by the holders of Notes in the manner above prescribed, if such appointment be made prior to the expiration of one year from the date of the sending of such notice by the Company, or by such receivers, trustees or assignees If any Trustee with respect to the Notes shall resign because of conflict of interest and a successor Trustee shall not have been appointed by the Company or by the holders of the Notes or, if any successor Trustee so appointed shall not have accepted its appointment within 31 days after such appointment shall have been made, the resigning Trustee may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. If in any other case a successor Trustee shall not be appointed pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.09 within three months after such appointment might have been made hereunder, the holder of any Note or any retiring Trustee may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Trustee. Such court may thereupon, in any such case, after such notice, if any, as such court may deem proper, appoint a successor Trustee. Any successor Trustee appointed hereunder with respect to the Notes shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor Trustee and to the Company, or to the receivers, trustees, assignees or court appointing it, as the case may be, an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations of such predecessor Trustee with like effect as if originally named as Trustee hereunder, and such predecessor Trustee, upon payment of its charges and disbursements then unpaid, shall thereupon become obligated to pay over, and such successor Trustee shall be entitled to receive, all moneys and properties held by such predecessor Trustee as Trustee hereunder. Nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor Trustee or of the holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, such predecessor Trustee, upon payment of its said charges and disbursements, shall execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee upon the trusts herein expressed all the rights, powers and trusts of such predecessor Trustee and shall assign, transfer and deliver to the successor Trustee all moneys and properties held by such predecessor Trustee; and, upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such authority, rights, powers, trusts, immunities, duties and obligations.
 
-37-

Section 7.09            Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee under this Indenture, and such Trustee shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any State, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and is subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority and which has a combined capital and surplus of not less than $10,000,000. For the purposes of this Section 7.10, the combined capital and surplus of any such Trustee shall be deemed to be the combined capital and surplus as set forth in the most recent report of its condition published by such Trustee; provided that such reports are published at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of a Federal or State supervising or examining authority. If such Trustee or any successor shall at any time cease to have the qualifications prescribed in this Section 7.10, it shall promptly resign as Trustee hereunder.

Section 7.10            Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
 
-38-

ARTICLE 8
 
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

Section 8.02            Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

(a)             Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to this Indenture, all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“ Legal Defeasance ”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) through (4) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors under their Guarantees (and the Trustee, at the request of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(1)             the rights of holders to receive payments in respect of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.04;

(2)             the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust;

(3)             the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and

(4)             this Section 8.02.

(b)             If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 
(c)             Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding its prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03.
 
-39-

Section 8.03            Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.06, 4.07, 5.01 and 5.02, and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Guarantees, on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  If the Company exercises its Covenant Defeasance option, an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(3) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), shall not constitute an Event of Default.

Section 8.04            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

(a)             The following shall be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes:

(1)             the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm delivered to the Trustee, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

(2)             in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

(A)            the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
 
(B)            since the Original Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,
 
-40-

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the beneficial owners will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)             in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the beneficial owners will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)             no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Debt and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the Secured Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material debt instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

(5)             the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with;

(6)             the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by it with the intent of preferring the holders of Notes over any other of the Company’s creditors or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other of the Company’s creditors or others; and

(7)             the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

Section 8.05            Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a)             Subject to Section 8.06, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
-41-

(b)            Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, a nationally recognized investment bank or a nationally recognized appraisal or valuation firm expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

(c)             The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against any Government Obligations deposited pursuant to  Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the holders of the Notes.

Section 8.06            Repayment to the Company .

(a)             In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04, to the Company (or, if such moneys had been deposited by the Guarantors, to such Guarantors), and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

(b)            Subject to applicable law, any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the Holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors), or if such moneys are then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors, either mail to each Holder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar, or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York or the United States, a notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company or the Guarantors or the release of any money held in trust by the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.
 
-42-

Section 8.07            Reinstatement .

If and for so long as the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company or the Guarantors have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Note because of the reinstatement of their obligations, the Company or the Guarantors, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01            Without Consent of Holders .

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture:

(1)             to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(2)             to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture;

(3)             to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(4)             to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including any Guarantees, or to secure the Notes;

(5)             to add to the covenants of the Company or any Subsidiary for the benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Subsidiary;

(6)             to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any holder of the Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(7)             to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
 
-43-

(8)             to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or private exchange notes (which shall be identical to Exchange Notes except that they will not be freely transferable) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of securities;

(9)             to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the New Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, as determined in good faith by the Company;

(10)           to release a Guarantor from its Guarantee when permitted by the terms of this Indenture;

(11)           to provide for successor trustees or to add to or change any provisions to the extent necessary to appoint a separate trustee for the Notes; or

(12)           to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, Exchange Notes or, if incurred in compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes; provided , however , that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes, as determined in good faith by the Company.

Section 9.02            With Consent of Holders .

(a)             Except as provided in Section 9.01 and this Section 9.02, this Indenture may be amended with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may also be waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby, an amendment or waiver may not, among other things:

(1)             reduce the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment;

(2)             reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(3)             reduce the principal or premium, if any, of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(4)             change the optional redemption dates or prices or calculations from those described in Section 3.07;

(5)             make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;
 
-44-

(6)             impair the right of any holder of the Notes to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes on or after any Interest Payment Date, Stated Maturity or any redemption date, as applicable; or

(7)             make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions.

(b)            The consent of the holders of the Notes is not necessary under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

(c)             After an amendment under this Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail (or deliver by electronic transmission in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC) to holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Section 9.03            Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 9.04            Revocation and Effect of Consents .

(a)             Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the holder of a Note and every subsequent holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such holder of a Note or subsequent holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms.

(b)             If the amendment, supplement or waiver is of the type requiring the consent of each holder affected, the amendment, supplement or waiver will bind each holder that has consented to it and every subsequent holder of a Note that evidences the same debt as the Note of the consenting holder.

(c)             The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05            Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

(a)             The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all outstanding Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
 
-45-

(b)            Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06            Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

Upon request of the Company, and if applicable upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of holders, the Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03) and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all applicable conditions precedent relating to such amendment, supplement or waiver have been complied with. The Trustee may, but is not obligated to, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture.

ARTICLE 10

GUARANTEES

Section 10.01          Guarantee .

(a)             Subject to the provisions of this Article 10, each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each holder (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on each Note, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, to the extent lawful, and the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Company to the holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of such Note and this Indenture, and (ii) in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  Each Guarantor, by execution of this Indenture, agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of, and shall be unaffected by, any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of any such Note or this Indenture, any failure to enforce the provisions of any such Note or this Indenture, any waiver, modification or indulgence granted to the Company with respect thereto by the holder of such Note, or any other circumstances which may otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or such Guarantor.

(b)            Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest or notice with respect to any such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged as to any such Note except by payment in full of the principal thereof and interest thereon.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) subject to this Article 10, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 10 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 10, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.
 
-46-

Section 10.02          Execution and Delivery of Notation of Guarantee .

To further evidence the Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the form included in Exhibit D hereto, shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and such Guarantee shall be executed by either manual or facsimile signature of an Officer or an Officer of a general partner, as the case may be, of each Guarantor.  The validity and enforceability of any Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Guarantee of such Note shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

Section 10.03          Limitation of Guarantee .

Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee.  To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor are limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law.  Each Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under a Guarantee shall be entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the assets of each Guarantor.
 
-47-

Section 10.04          Release of Guarantees .

A Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released from all of its obligations under its Guarantee:

(a)             in the event of a sale or other transfer of Equity Interests in such Guarantor or dissolution of such Guarantor in compliance with the terms of this Indenture following which such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary;

(b)             upon such Guarantor ceasing to be a borrower or guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility; or

(c)             in connection with a discharge of this Indenture or discharge of obligations thereunder; and

in each such case, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transactions have been complied with and that such release is authorized and permitted hereunder.

The Trustee shall execute any documents (subject to the review and approval of counsel to the Trustee) reasonably requested by the Company or a Guarantor in order to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Article 10.

Section 10.05          Waiver of Subrogation .

Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights which it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee and this Indenture, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Company, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim or other rights.  If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the holders, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.  Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section 10.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.
 
-48-

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01          Satisfaction and Discharge .

(a)             This Indenture will be discharged, and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when either:

(1)             all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)            (A) all Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation otherwise have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, (x) will become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, or may be called for redemption within one year or (z) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the holders of Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, and accrued interest through the date of maturity or the Redemption Date;

(B)            no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(C)            the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by the Company under this Indenture; and

(D)            the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

(b)            In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified below. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company in Sections 8.05 and 8.07 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
 
-49-

Section 11.02          Application of Trust Money .

(a)            Subject to applicable law, any moneys deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust for the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note that are not applied but remain unclaimed by the holder of such Note for two years after the date upon which the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on such Note shall have respectively become due and payable shall be repaid to the Company (or, if appropriate, the Guarantors), or if such moneys are then held by the Company or the Guarantors in trust, such moneys shall be released from such trust; and the Holder of such Note entitled to receive such payment shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for the payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided that the Trustee or any such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company and the Guarantors, either mail to each holder affected, at the address shown in the register of the Notes maintained by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.2(g)(iii), or cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published each Business Day and of general circulation in the City of New York, New York or the United States, a notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such mailing or publication, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company or the Guarantors or the release of any money held in trust by the Company or any Guarantors, as the case may be, holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

ARTICLE 12
 
MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.01          Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties shall control.

Section 12.02          Notices .

(a)            Any notice or communication to the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and (1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, to its address:
 
-50-

if to the Company or any Guarantor:
 
 
c/o L Brands, Inc.
Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43230
Fax No:  (614) 415-7188
Email: smilano@lb.com
Attention:  Shelley Millano
 
with a copy to:
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY  10017
Fax No: (212) 701-5135
Email: deanna.kirkpatrick@davispolk.com
Attention: Deanna Kirkpatrick
 
if to the Trustee:
 
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad Street, CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, Ohio  43215
Fax No: (614) 232-8109
Email: scott.miller6@usbank.com

Attention: Scott Miller

The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

(b)            All notices and communications (other than those sent to holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made, if by publication; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if mailed by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

(c)             Any notice or communication to a holder shall be mailed by first-class mail to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system as the Trustee agrees to accept.  Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other holders.

(d)            Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
 
-51-

(e)            Notwithstanding any other provision herein, where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to any holder of an interest in a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), according to the applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice.

(f)            The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing.  If the Company elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

(g)            If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

Section 12.03          Communication by Holders with Other Holders .

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c).

Section 12.04          Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1)             an Officer’s Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
 
-52-

(2)             an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 12.05          Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.07 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall include:

(a)             a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c)             a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as he or she deems necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be subject to customary exceptions and qualifications and limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(d)             a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 12.06          [Reserved] .

Section 12.07          No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders .

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company in respect of the Notes and each Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee) under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.

Each holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 12.08          Governing Law .

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
-53-

Section 12.09          Waiver of Jury Trial .

EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 12.10          Force Majeure .

In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

Section 12.11          No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 12.12          Successors .

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.  All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04.

Section 12.13          Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.14          Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 12.15          Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
 
-54-

Section 12.16          Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages .

The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format (“ PDF ”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

Section 12.17          Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) .

The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby covenants with the Trustee that it will use its reasonable best efforts to provide the Trustee with information pertaining to any payments on the Notes that is necessary to enable the Trustee to determine whether or not any withholding or deduction from or in respect of any payments made by the Company or the Guarantors or the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture may be required pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code or any regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof (“Applicable Law”).  The Company and each of the Guarantors agree that the Trustee shall be entitled to make any withholding or deduction from payments under the Indenture to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law for which the Trustee shall not have any liability.

Section 12.18          Payments Due on Non-Business Days .

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal or interest on the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.

Section 12.19          Qualification of Indenture .

The Company and the Guarantors shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.

Section 12.20          Consent to Jurisdiction .

Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the non‑exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court.  The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim any such suit, action or other proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

[Signatures on following page]
 
-55-

 
L BRANDS, INC.
   
 
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Faber
   
Name:      Timothy J. Faber
   
Title:        Senior Vice President and Treasurer
   
 
BATH & BODY WORKS BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
BATH & BODY WORKS DIRECT, INC.
BATH & BODY WORKS, LLC
BEAUTYAVENUES, LLC
INTIMATE BRANDS, INC.
INTIMATE BRANDS HOLDING, LLC
L BRANDS DIRECT FULFILLMENT, INC.
L BRANDS SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION, INC.
LA SENZA, INC.
MAST INDUSTRIES, INC.
VICTORIA’S SECRET DIRECT BRAND MANAGEMENT, LLC
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES, LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Faber
   
Name:       Timothy J. Faber
   
Title:        Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 

 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
   
 
By:
/s/ Scott Miller
   
Name:      Scott Miller
   
Title:       Vice President
 

Appendix A

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES,
ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

Section 1.1               Definitions .

(a)             Capitalized Terms .

Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture.  The following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any payment, tender, redemption, transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Distribution Compliance Period ,” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

IAI ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Transfer Restricted Global Note ” means any Note in global form that bears or is required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note ” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

U.S. person ” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S.
 

(b)             Other Definitions .
 
Term:
 
Defined in Section:
Agent Members
 
2.1(c)
Definitive Notes Legend
 
2.2(e)
ERISA Legend
 
2.2(e)
Global Note
 
2.1(b)
Global Notes Legend
 
2.2(e)
IAI Global Note
 
2.1(b)
Regulation S Global Note
 
2.1(b)
Regulation S Notes
 
2.1(a)
Restricted Notes Legend
 
2.2(e)
Rule 144A Global Note
 
2.1(b)
Rule 144A Notes
 
2.1(a)


Section 2.1              Form and Dating

(a)             The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the initial purchasers thereof and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“ Rule 144A Notes ”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“ Regulation S Notes ”).  Additional Notes may also be considered to be Rule 144A Notes, Regulation S Notes or IAI Notes, as applicable.

(b)             Global Notes .  Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward (collectively, the “ Rule 144A Global Note ”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1 upward (collectively, the “ Regulation S Global Note ”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture.  One or more global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend, numbered RIAI-1 upward (collectively, the “ IAI Global Note ”) shall also be issued on the Original Issue Date at the request of the Trustee, deposited with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution.  The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “ Global Note ” and are collectively referred to herein as “ Global Notes .”  Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of this Indenture and Section 2.2(c) of this Appendix A.
 
-2-

(c)             Book-Entry Provisions .  This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.02 of this Indenture and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by at least one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian.

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(d)             Definitive Notes .  Except as provided in Section 2.2 or Section 2.3 of this Appendix A, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

Section 2.2               Transfer and Exchange .

(a)             Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes .  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:

(i)              to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

(ii)             to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

(1)            shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
 
-3-

(2)             in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 2.2(b) of this Appendix A or otherwise in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend, and are accompanied by a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto.

(b)             Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note .  A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below.  Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with:

(i)             a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto; and

(ii)            written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,

the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled.  If the applicable Global Note is not then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, a new applicable Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(c)             Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

(i)              The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.2(d) of this Appendix A, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor.  A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.
 
-4-

(ii)             If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

(iii)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part if the transfer is by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

(d)             Restrictions on Transfer of Global Notes; Voluntary Exchange of Interests in Transfer Restricted Global Notes for Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes.

(i)              Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through another Transfer Restricted Global Note shall be made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification from the transferor in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers and, as applicable, delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as may be requested pursuant thereto.  In addition, in the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a Regulation S Global Note or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee.

(ii)            During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the Restricted Notes Legend on such Regulation S Global Note and any applicable securities laws of any state of the U.S.  Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Restricted Notes Legend and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for exchange or registration of transfers.  Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.  Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.
 
-5-

(iii)            Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note pursuant to Applicable Procedures or upon certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A for an exchange from a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Global Note.

(iv)            Beneficial interests in a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note if the holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A ) and/or upon delivery of such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(v)             If no Unrestricted Global Note is outstanding at the time of a transfer contemplated by the preceding clauses (iii) and (iv), the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon an Authentication Order, and receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, a new Unrestricted Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

(e)              Legends.

(i)              Except as permitted by Section 2.2(d), this Section 2.2(e) and Section 2.2(i) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“ Restricted Notes Legend ”):
 
-6-

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.

Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ Definitive Notes Legend ”):

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
 
-7-

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ Global Notes Legend ”):

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

Each Note shall bear the following additional legend (“ ERISA Legend ”):

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER THEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS.
 
-8-

(ii)            Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange is in respect of a transfer made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Form of Note in Exhibit A ) and provides such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee may reasonably request.

(iii)            After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or Additional Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

(iv)            Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer.

(v)            Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

(f)              Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note .  At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Registrar (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Registrar or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

(g)             Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes.

(i)              To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request.

(ii)             No service charge shall be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.08(g) and 9.05 of this Indenture).
 
-9-

(iii)            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar  shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(iv)            All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

(v)            In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that no registration under the Securities Act is required in respect of such exchange or transfer or the re-sale of such interest by the beneficial holder thereof, shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar and the Trustee.

(h)             No Obligation of the Trustee.

(i)              Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

(ii)             The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

(iii)            The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
 
-10-

(i)             Exchange Offer .  Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 12.04 of this Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.  Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount.  Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.

Section 2.3              Definitive Notes .

(a)             A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer may be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.2 of this Appendix A and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary.  In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee and such Opinions of Counsel, certificates or other information as may be required by this Indenture or the Company or Trustee.
 
-11-

(b)            Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.  Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.  Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note that is a Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.2(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend.
 
(c)             The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d)             In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.3(a) of this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons.
 
-12-

Exhibit A
 
[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

[Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
 
[Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
 
[Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
 
[Insert the ERISA Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.]
 
A-1

CUSIP [                     ]
ISIN [                     ] 1
 
[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][GLOBAL] NOTE
6.694% Senior Notes due 2027
 
No. [RA-__] [RS-__] [RIAI-__]
[$_____________] 2
 
L BRANDS, INC.
 
promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] [_______________] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto] [of $_______ (_______ Dollars)] 3 on January 15, 2027.
 
Interest Payment Dates:  January 15 and July 15
 
Record Dates:  January 1 and July 1
 

1
Rule 144A Note CUSIP:  501797 AP9
Rule 144A Note ISIN:   US501797AP96
Regulation S Note CUSIP:  U51407 AC5
Regulation S Note ISIN:  USU51407AC50
2
Include in Global Notes.
3
Include in Definitive Notes
 
A-2

IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
 
Dated:
 
L BRANDS, INC.
 
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
A-3

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
 
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
 
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Signatory
 
Dated:
 
A-4

[Reverse Side of Note]

6.694% Senior Notes due 2035
 
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
 
INTEREST.  L BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.694% per annum until but excluding maturity.  The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”).  If any such day is not a Business Day, interest shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including June 18, 2018; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2019.  The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
 
METHOD OF PAYMENT.  The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least five Business Days prior to the applicable payment date.  Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
 
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the holders.  The Company may act in any such capacity.
 
INDENTURE.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of June 18, 2018 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the  Guarantors named therein and the Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027.  The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture.  The Notes and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms.  Any term used in this Note that is defined in the Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
 
A-5

REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE.  The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of a Change of Control Offer, as further described in the Indenture.  The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
 
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE.  The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and holders shall be required to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part.
 
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  The registered holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
 
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER.  The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.
 
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.  The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.
 
AUTHENTICATION.  This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
 
ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES.  In addition to the rights provided to holders under the Indenture, holders of Transfer Restricted Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, including the right to receive Additional Interest.
 
GOVERNING LAW.  THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices as a convenience to holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
 
The Company shall furnish to any holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement.  Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:
 
c/o L Brands, Inc.
Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, Ohio 43230
 
A-6

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
 
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
 
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
 
 
 
 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
 
and irrevocably appoint
 
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:
 
 
 
 
Your Signature:
 
   
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:
 
 
 
* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
A-7

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES
 
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad Street, CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, OH  43215

This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the undersigned.
 
The undersigned (check one box below):
 
has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in a Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or
 
has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.
 
In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:
 
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
 
(1)
to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
     
(2)
to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
     
(3)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); or
     
(4)
to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”)) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
     
(5)
pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act (and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
     
(6)
to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
     
(7)
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
     
(8)
pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.
 
A-8

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (5), (6), (7) or (8) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company or the Trustee has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
     
 
Your Signature
   
Date:
       
 
Signature of Signature
Guarantor
 
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
 
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
 
Dated:
       
NOTICE: 
To be executed by
an executive officer
  Name:
  Title:
 
Signature Guarantee*:
 
 
 
*
Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
A-9

TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE FROM A REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE, PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.2(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE
 
The undersigned represents and warrants that either:
 
the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act); or
 
the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act) who purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act; or
 
the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes.
 
Dated:
       
 
Your Signature
 
 
A-10

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
 
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:
 
[   ] Section 4.10
 
If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
 
 
$
   
($2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000, in excess thereof)
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
Your Signature:
 
   
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
 
Tax Identification No.:
 
 
Signature Guarantee*:
 
 
 
* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).
 
A-11

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
 
The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $__________.  The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
 
Date of Exchange
 
Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note
 
Amount of
increase
in Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note
 
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note
following
such
decrease or
increase
 
Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee,
Depositary or
Custodian
                 
 

*This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.
 
A-12

EXHIBIT B
 
FORM OF
TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION

L Brands, Inc.
Three Limited Parkway

Columbus, Ohio 43230
 
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad Street, CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, OH  43215

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[_______] principal amount of the 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “ Notes ”) of L Brands, Inc. (the “ Company ”).
 
Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:
 
Name:
 
 
 
Address:
 
 
 
Taxpayer ID Number:
 
 
 
The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:
 
1.               We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business.  We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.
 
B-1

2.               We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence.  We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”) only in accordance with the Restricted Notes Legend (as such term is defined in the indenture under which the Notes were issued) on the Notes and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States.  The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date.  If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act.  Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes with respect to applicable transfers described in the Restricted Notes Legend to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.
 
 
TRANSFEREE:
 
     
 
by:
 
 
B-2

EXHIBIT C
 
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS
 
Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of [__________] [__], 20[__], among __________________ (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H
 
WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of June 18, 2018, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “ Notes ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders as follows:
 
Capitalized Terms .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
 
Guarantor .  The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 10 thereof.
 
Governing Law .  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.
 
Counterparts .  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format (“ PDF ”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
 
C-1

Headings .  The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
 
The Trustee .  The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, the Guarantee of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Company and the Guaranteeing Subsidiary. All of the provisions contained in the Indenture in respect of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers, and duties of the Trustee shall be applicable in respect of this Supplemental Indenture as fully and with like force and effect as though fully set forth in full herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 
[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
L BRANDS, INC.
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
C-2

NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
 
Each of the undersigned (the “ Guarantors ”) hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees, to the extent set forth in the Indenture dated as of June 18, 2018 (the “ Indenture ”), among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, and premium and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the holders or the Trustee, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture.
 
The obligations of the Guarantors to the holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms and limitations of this Guarantee.  Each holder of the Note to which this Guarantee is endorsed, by accepting such Note, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions.
 
[Signatures on Following Pages]
 
A-1

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Guarantors has caused this Guarantee to be signed by a duly authorized officer.
 
 
BATH & BODY WORKS BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
BATH & BODY WORKS DIRECT, INC.
 
BATH & BODY WORKS, LLC
 
BEAUTYAVENUES, LLC
 
INTIMATE BRANDS, INC.
 
INTIMATE BRANDS HOLDING, LLC
 
L BRANDS DIRECT FULFILLMENT, INC.
 
L BRANDS SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
 
L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION, INC.
 
LA SENZA, INC.
 
MAST INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET DIRECT BRAND MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES, LLC
 
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-2


Exhibit 4.26
 
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE NO. 1
 
Supplemental Indenture No. 1 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as June 29, 2018 among L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H
 
WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an
Indenture (the “ Initial Indenture ”), dated as of June 18, 2018, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 6.694% Notes due 2027;
 
WHEREAS, the Company has previously issued $297,316,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.694% Notes due 2027 (the “ Existing Notes ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue $89,000 aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes;
 
WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 2.01 of the Initial Indenture, the Company may issue Additional Notes and may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Initial Indenture to provide for the issuance of such Additional Notes;
 
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issuance of $89,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6.694% Notes due 2027 (the “ New Notes ”) as Additional Notes under the Initial Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance of the New Notes and pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 9.01 of the Initial Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;
 
WHEREAS, all things necessary have been done to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid and binding agreement of the Company and the Trustee, in accordance with its terms;
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:
 
(1)            Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Initial Indenture.
 
(2)            Additional Notes .  As of the date hereof, the Company shall issue the New Notes pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture. The New Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture constitute Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Initial Indenture and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Existing Notes previously established pursuant to the Initial Indenture. The New Notes shall have the same terms and conditions in all respects as the Existing Notes, except that the issue date of the New Notes shall be June 29, 2018.  The New Notes will be fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes with the Existing Notes and will have the same issue date and issue price as the Existing Notes for such purposes. The New Notes issued in the form of Global Notes will be issued under the same CUSIP/ISIN numbers as the Existing Notes; it being understood that any New Notes issued in the form of a Definitive Note may be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note in accordance with the provisions of the Initial Indenture. The form of the global notes or definitive notes representing the New Notes is attached to the Initial Indenture as Exhibit A.
 

(3)            Aggregate Principal Amount . The aggregate principal amount of the New Notes that may be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be $89,000.
 
(4)            Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NEW NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
 
(5)            Ratification of Initial Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Initial Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Initial Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.
 
(6)            Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
 
(7)            Effect of Headings . The Section headings have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
 
(8)            Severability . In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the New Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.
 
 
L BRANDS, INC.
   
 
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Faber
 
Name:
Timothy J. Faber
 
Title:
Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 
BATH & BODY WORKS BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
BATH & BODY WORKS DIRECT, INC.
 
BATH & BODY WORKS, LLC
 
BEAUTYAVENUES, LLC
 
INTIMATE BRANDS, INC.
 
INTIMATE BRANDS HOLDING, LLC
 
L BRANDS DIRECT FULFILLMENT, INC.
 
L BRANDS SERVICE COMPANY, LLC
 
L BRANDS STORE DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION, INC.
 
LA SENZA, INC.
 
MAST INDUSTRIES, INC.
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET DIRECT BRAND MANAGEMENT, LLC
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES BRAND MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
VICTORIA’S SECRET STORES, LLC
     
 
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Faber
 
Name:
Timothy J. Faber
 
Title:
Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 
[Signature page to Supplemental Indenture]
 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
     
By:
/s/ Scott Miller
 
Name:
Scott Miller
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
[Signature page to Supplemental Indenture]


Exhibit 4.27
 
L BRANDS, INC.
 
6.694% Senior Notes due 2027
 
EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
June 29, 2018

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
214 North Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28255
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
 
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
388 Greenwich Street
New York, New York 10013

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
c/o HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.
452 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10018

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
c/o Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
550 South Tryon Street, 5th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
 

Dear Sirs and Madams:
 
L Brands, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”), proposes to issue to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC (together, the “ Dealer Managers ” and each, a “ Dealer Manager ”), upon the terms set forth in a dealer manager agreement dated as of May 31, 2018 (the “ Dealer Manager Agreement ”), its 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “ Securities ”) relating to the offer to exchange up to $700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Securities and cash as consideration for the Company’s 7.000% Senior Notes due 2020, 6.625% Senior Notes due 2021 and 5.625% Senior Notes due 2022 (the “ Securities Exchange ”).  Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 18, 2018, by and among the Dealer Managers and the Company (the “ Original Registration Rights Agreement ”).  This Agreement amends, restates and supersedes in its entirety the Original Registration Rights Agreement.
 
To induce the Dealer Managers to enter into the Dealer Manager Agreement and to satisfy a condition of your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Dealer Managers) (each a “ Holder ” and, together, the “ Holders ”), as follows:
 
1.               Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the D ealer Manager Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:
 
Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
Affiliate ” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.  For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Broker-Dealer ” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.
 
Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.
 
Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Dealer Manager Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Dealer Managers ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
 
Exchange Offer Registration Period ” shall mean the six-month period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
 
- 2 -

Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto , in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
 
Exchanging Dealer shall mean any Holder (which may include any D ealer Manager ) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) for New Securities.
 
Holder shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Indenture shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities to be dated as of June 18, 2018 , between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of June 29, 2018, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
 
Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
 
Majority Holders shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.
 
Managing Underwriters shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.
 
New Securities shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the cash interest and interest rate step-up provisions and the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) and to be issued under the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture.
 
New Securities Indenture shall mean an indenture between the Company and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that the cash interest and interest rate step-up provisions will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate).
 
New Securities Trustee shall mean a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the D ealer Managers , as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture.
 
Offering Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the D ealer Manager Agreement.
 
Prospectus shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein .
 
- 3 -

Registered Exchange Offer shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer , in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities.
 
Registration Statement shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein ) , all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
 
Securities shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.   For the avoidance of doubt, as used herein, the term “Securities” shall include both the $297,316,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on June 18, 2018 and the $89,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities issued on June 29, 2018.
 
S ecurities Exchange shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Shelf Registration shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.
 
Shelf Registration Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.
 
Shelf Registration Statement shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post‑effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.
 
Trustee shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.
 
underwriter shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.
 
2.               Registered Exchange Offer .   (a)  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and file , not later than September 17, 2018 , with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act o n or prior to December 17, 2018 and use its reasonable best efforts to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer as promptly as practicable, but in any event on or prior to January 14, 2019.
 
- 4 -

(b)             Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ord inary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any Person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer ) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.
 
(c)             In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
 
(i)
mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;
 
(ii)
keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);
 
(iii)
use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective , supplemented and amended as required under the Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;
 
(iv)
utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them ;
 
(v)
permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; and
 
(vi)
comply in all respects with all applicable laws.
 
(d)             As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
 
(i)
accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
 
(ii)
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities so accepted for exchange; and
 
- 5 -

(iii)
cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
 
(e)             Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction and must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company or one of its Affiliates.  Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer:
 
(i)
any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;
 
(ii)
such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act; and
 
(iii)
such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company.
 
(f)              If any Dealer Manager determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Dealer Manager , the Company shall issue and deliver to such Dealer Manager or the Person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Dealer Manager , in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities.  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.
 
- 6 -

3.               Shelf Registration .   (a)  If ( i ) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated o n or prior to January 14, 2019;   (iii) any D ealer Manager so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer ; ( iv) any Holder (other than a   D ealer Manager ) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer ; or ( v ) in the case of any D ealer Manager that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such D ealer Manager does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that ( x) the requirement that a   D ealer Manager deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable” ; and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.
 
(b)             (i)   The Company shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 90 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file with the Commission and thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act ,   within 180 days of the date the Company is required to make such filing in accordance with subsection (a) above, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder (other than a D ealer Manager) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided   further , that with respect to New Securities received by a   D ealer Manager in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K , as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.
 
(ii)
The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective , supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of t wo years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such period being called the “ Shelf Registration Period ”).  The Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless ( A ) such action is required by applicable law ; or ( B ) such action is taken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, so long as the Company promptly thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 4(k) hereof, if applicable.
 
- 7 -

(iii)
The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
4.               Additional Registration Procedures .  In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply :
 
(a)             The Company shall:
 
(i)
furnish to you, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as you reasonably propose ;
 
(ii)
include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer,   in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
 
- 8 -

(iii)
if requested by a   D ealer Manager , include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and
 
(iv)
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders .
 
(b)            The Company shall ensure that:
 
(i)
any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and
 
(ii)
any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading .
 
(c)             The Company shall advise you, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement   and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices , and, if requested by you or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension) :
 
(i)
when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post‑effective amendment thereto has become effective;
 
(ii)
of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;
 
(iii)
of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;
 
(iv)
of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; and
 
- 9 -

(v)
of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.
 
(d)            The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction at the earliest possible time.
 
(e)             The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference , and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein ).
 
(f)            The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request .  T he Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of securities in connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the Prospectus , or any amendment or supplement thereto , included in the Shelf Registration Statement .
 
(g)             The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated by reference therein , and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein ).
 
(h)            The Company shall promptly deliver to each D ealer Manager, each Exchanging Dealer and each other Person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such Person may reasonably request .  T he Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by a D ealer Manager , any Exchanging   Dealer and any such other Person that may be required to deliver a P r o spectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration S tatement.
 
- 10 -

(i)              Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securiti e s or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder   shall reasonably request and will maintain such qualification in effect so long as required ; provided t hat in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that w ould subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Securities Exchange, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
 
(j)              The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.
 
(k)             Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by s ubsections ( c ) ( ii) through (v) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to D ealer Manager s of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.   In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 3(b) shall each be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the D ealer Managers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.
 
(l)              Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the T rustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.
 
(m)            The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.
 
(n)             The Company shall cause the Indenture or the New Securities Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.
 
(o)            The Company may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the H older and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement.   The   Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request.
 
- 11 -

(p)             In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, t he Company shall enter into such and take all other appropriate actions (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 (or such other provisions and procedures acceptable to the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6 ) .
 
(q)             In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:
 
(i)
make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries;
 
(ii)
cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided , however , that any information that is designated in writing by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality;
 
(iii)
make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the D ealer Manager Agreement;
 
(iv)
obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;
 
- 12 -

(v)
obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and
 
(vi)
deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.
 
The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto ; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.
 
(r)              In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement in which a Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, the Company agrees that the provisions of Section 4(q) as they relate to a Shelf Registration shall also apply to any Exchange Offer Registration Statement; provided that the application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 4(q) of this Agreement to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, to the extent not required by the positions of the Staff of the SEC or the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, will be in conformity with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by the D ealer Managers or with the reasonable request in writing to the Company by one or more Broker-Dealers who certify to the D ealer Managers and the Company in writing that they anticipate that they will be Exchanging Dealers or will otherwise be required to deliver a Prospectus; and provided further that, in connection with such application of the Shelf Registration procedures set forth in Section 4(q) to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall be obligated (x) to deal only with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated representing such Broker-Dealers, unless Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated elects not to so act, (y) to pay the fees and expenses of only one counsel representing such Broker-Dealers, which shall be counsel to the D ealer Managers unless such counsel elects not to so act and (z) to cause to be delivered only one “cold comfort” letter, addressed to the Board of Directors of the Company, the entities representing such Broker-Dealers and all such Broker-Dealers, with respect to the Prospectus in the form existing on the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
 
- 13 -

(s)             The Company will use its reasonable best efforts (i) if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement; or (ii) if the Securities were not previously rated, to cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with at least one nationally recognized statistical rating agency, if so requested by Majority Holders with respect to the related Registration Statement or by any Managing Underwriters.
 
(t)             In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the “ Rules ”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by:
 
(i)
if such Rules shall so require, engaging a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Registration Statement, to exercise usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities;
 
(ii)
indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof; and
 
(iii)
providing such information to such Broker-Dealer as may be required in order for such Broker-Dealer to comply with the requirements of such Rules.
 
(u)             The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to affect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.
 
- 14 -

(v)            If (i) the applicable Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission within   the 90 day period specified in Section 2 or Section 3, as the case may be , (ii) the applicable R egistration Statement is not declared effective within the 180 day period specified in Section 2 or Section 3, as the case may be, (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to January 14, 2019 or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective but , at any time prior to the earlier of the expiration   of two years from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective and such time as all the Securities are disposed of under the Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf Registration Statement shall thereafter cease to be effective or fails to be usable for its intended purpose (at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within two Business Days by a post-effective amendment which cures the failure and that is itself immediately effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “ Registration Default ”), then , from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to, but excluding, the date on which the Registration Default is cured, the interest rate on the Securities or New Securities, as applicable , will be increased by .25% per annum, plus an additional .25% per annum from and during any period a Registration Default has continued for more than 90 days, up to a maximum aggregate rate increase of .50% per annum .
 
5.               Registration Expenses .  The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel designated by the Majority Holders to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the D ealer Manager s for the fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith , up to a maximum of $3,000 .  Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to a sale or disposition of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.
 
- 15 -

6.               Indemnification and Contribution .
 
(a)             The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement (including each D ealer Manager and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer), the directors and officers   of each such Holder and each Person who controls any such Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein ; provided   further , that the Company will not be liable for the amount of any settlement of any claim made without its consent not unreasonably withheld; and provided   further , that as to any Registration Statement as originally filed or in any preliminary Prospectus, this indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Exchanging Dealer (or any underwriter as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 6(a)) (any person controlling such Exchanging Dealer (or any underwriter as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 6(a))) on account of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising from the sale of Securities to any person by such Exchanging Dealer (or any underwriter as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 6(a)) if that Exchanging Dealer (or any underwriter as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 6(a)) failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus, as the same may be amended or supplemented, to that person provided that sending or giving a copy of the Prospectus to that person was required by the Act and the untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in such Registration Statement as originally filed or in any preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure resulted from the Company not furnishing copies of the Prospectus to the Exchanging Dealer.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have .
 
The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of each or any underwriter of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors and officers and each Person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the D ealer Manager s and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.
 
(b)             Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each D ealer Manager and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) agrees severally and not jointly to indemnify and hold harmless the Company   each of its directors each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act , to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.  This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder may otherwise have.
 
- 16 -

(c)             Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6 , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses ; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above.  The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of one such separate counsel (in addition to local counsel) for such indemnified party if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action ; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party .
 
(d)             In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party a grees to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “ Losses ”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the S ecurities Exchange and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided , however , that in no case s hall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses.  If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total net proceeds from the S ecurities Exchange (before deducting expenses) as set forth on the cover page of the Offering Memorandum and (y) the total amount of additional interest which the Company was not required to pay as a result of registering the securities covered by the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses.  Benefits received by the D ealer Manager s shall be deemed to be equal to the f ees received in connection with the Securities Exchange , and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act.  Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses.  Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand , the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission .  The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 6 , each Person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each Person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
 
- 17 -

(e)             The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling Persons referred to in this Section 6 hereof, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.
 
7.               Underwritten Registrations .
 
(a)             If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement is to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders.
 
(b)             No Person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.
 
- 18 -

8.               No Inconsistent Agreements .  The Company has not, as of the date hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.
 
9.               Amendments and Waivers .  The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Majority Holders (or, after the consummation of any Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of New Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any D ealer Manager hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such D ealer Manager against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective.  Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of S ecurities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.
 
10.             Notices .  All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
 
(a)             if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy in like manner to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC ;
 
(b)             if to you, initially at the respective addresses set forth in the D ealer Manager Agreement; and
 
(c)             if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the D ealer Manager Agreement.
 
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.
 
The D ealer Managers or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
- 19 -

11.             Successors .   This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities.  The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities , and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.
 
12.             Counterparts .  This agreement may be in signed counterparts, each of which shall an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
13.             Headings .  The headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
14.             Applicable Law .  This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York .
 
15.            Severability .  In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
16.             Securities Held by the Company, etc.   Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.
 
- 20 -

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the Company and the several D ealer Managers.
 
 
Very truly yours,
   
 
L BRANDS , INC.
   
 
By:
/s/ Timothy J. Faber
 
Name:
Timothy J. Faber
 
Title:
Senior Vice President and Treasurer
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and a ccepted as of the date first above written.
 
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
  
By:
/s/ Julie Efremoff
 
 
Name:
Julie Efremoff
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 
       
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
     
By:
/s/ Ryan Griswold
 
 
Name:
Ryan Griswold
 
 
Title:
Executive Director
 
       
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
   
By:
/s/ Adam D. Bordner
 
 
Name:
Adam D. Bordner
 
 
Title:
Director
 
       
HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
     
By:
/s/ Jeremy Warren
 
 
Name:
Jeremy Warren
 
 
Title:
Managing Director
 
       
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC  
     
By:
/s/ Brian Thomas
 
 
Name:
Brian Thomas
 
 
Title:
Director
 
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
 

ANNEX A
 
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.  This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date (as defined herein) and ending on the close of business six months after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  See “Plan of Distribution”.
 

ANNEX B
 
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.  See “Plan of Distribution”.
 

ANNEX C
 
1. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
Each Broker-Dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities.  This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a Broker-Dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has agreed that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business six months after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any Broker-Dealer for use in connection with any such resale.  In addition, until __________, 2018, all dealers effecting transactions in the New Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.
 
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers.  New Securities received by Broker-Dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices.  Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such Broker-Dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Securities.  Any Broker-Dealer that resales New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such Persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.  The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a Broker-Dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
For a period of six months after the Expiration Date, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any Broker-Dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal.  The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any Broker-Dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 

ANNEX D
 
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
 
Name:
   
     
Address:
   
 
If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any Person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities.  If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchange for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
 


Exhibit 5.1
 
 
 
 
New York
Northern California
Washington DC
São Paulo
London
Paris
Madrid
Tokyo
Beijing
Hong Kong
 
 
 
 
         
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
212 450 4000 tel
212 701 5800 fax
 
 
 
 
September 11, 2018
 
L Brands, Inc.
Three Limited Parkway
Columbus, OH 43230

Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
We have acted as special counsel to L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the entities listed in Part A of Schedule I hereto, each a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation Guarantors”), and the entities listed in Part B of Schedule I hereto, each a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC Guarantors,” and together with the Corporation Guarantors, the “Guarantors”) in connection with the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange its 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “New Notes”, and together with the related guarantees by the Guarantors, collectively, the “New Securities”), issued pursuant to an indenture dated as of June 18, 2018 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, and pursuant to a supplemental indenture dated as of June 29, 2018 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Indenture, the “Indentures”) among the Company, the Guarantors and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, for any and all of its outstanding 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Old Notes”, and together with the related guarantees by the Guarantors, collectively, the “Old Securities”) pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
We, as your counsel, have examined originals or copies of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of rendering this opinion.
 
In rendering the opinion expressed herein, we have, without independent inquiry or investigation, assumed that (i) all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and complete, (ii) all documents submitted to us as copies conform to authentic, complete originals, (iii) all signatures on all documents that we reviewed are genuine, (iv) all natural persons executing documents had and have the legal capacity to do so, (v) all statements in certificates of public officials and officers of the Company and the Guarantors that we reviewed were and are accurate and (vi) all representations made by the Company and the Guarantors as to matters of fact in the documents that we reviewed were and are accurate.
 
Based on the foregoing, and subject to the additional assumptions and qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that the New Securities, when the New Securities are executed, authenticated and delivered in exchange for the Old Securities in accordance with the terms of the Indentures and the Exchange Offer, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, concepts of reasonableness and equitable principles of general applicability; provided that we express no opinion as to the (w) enforceability of any waiver of rights under any usury or stay law and (x) effect of fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or similar provision of applicable law on the conclusions expressed above.
 
In connection with the opinions expressed above, we have assumed that (i) the Registration Statement shall have been declared effective and such effectiveness shall not have been suspended; (ii) the Indentures and the New Securities are each valid, binding and enforceable agreements of each party thereto (other than as expressly covered above in respect of the Company and the Guarantors); and (iii) there shall not have occurred any change in law affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the New Securities.
 
We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and the foregoing opinion is limited to the laws of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the federal laws of the United States of America, and the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act.
 
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement  and further consent to the reference to our name under the caption “Validity of Securities” in the prospectus, which is a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Very truly yours,
 
/s/ Davis Polk & Wardwell


 
Schedule I

Part A
 
Bath & Body Works Brand Management, Inc.
 
Bath & Body Works Direct, Inc.
 
Intimate Brands, Inc.
 
L Brands Direct Fulfillment, Inc.
 
L Brands Store Design & Construction, Inc.
 
La Senza, Inc.
 
Mast Industries, Inc.
 
Victoria’s Secret Stores Brand Management, Inc.

Part B
 
Bath & Body Works, LLC
 
beautyAvenues, LLC
 
Intimate Brands Holding, LLC
 
L Brands Service Company, LLC
 
Victoria’s Secret Direct Brand Management, LLC
 
Victoria’s Secret Stores, LLC
 




Exhibit 12.1
L Brands, Inc.
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Twenty-Six
Weeks Ended
               
Fiscal Year Ended
             
   
August 4,
2018
   
February 3,
2018
   
January 28,
2017
   
January 30,
2016
   
January 31,
2015
   
February 1,
2014
 
                     
($ in millions)
             
Earnings:
                                   
Income before income taxes, noncontrolling interest and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
   $
188
   
$
1,313
   
$
1,696
   
$
1,935
   
$
1,636
   
$
1,446
 
Fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest)
   
279
     
599
     
547
     
471
     
443
     
429
 
Distributions from equity method investments, net of income or loss from equity investees
   
10
     
9
     
12
     
7
     
(4
)
   
49
 
Total earnings
   $
477
   
$
1,921
   
$
2,255
   
$
2,413
   
$
2,075
   
$
1,924
 
                                                 
Fixed charges:
                                               
Portion of minimum rent representative of interest
   $
82
   
$
192
   
$
153
   
$
137
   
$
119
   
$
114
 
Interest on indebtedness (including capitalized interest)
   
197
     
407
     
396
     
337
     
326
     
314
 
Total fixed charges
   $
279
   
$
599
   
$
549
   
$
474
   
$
445
   
$
428
 
                                                 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
   
1.7
     
3.2
     
4.1
     
5.1
     
4.7
     
4.5
 
 
For the purpose of calculating the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, we calculate earnings by adding fixed charges and distributions from equity method investees, net of income or losses from equity method investees, to pre-tax income from continuing operations before noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries and cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle. Fixed charges include total interest and a portion of rent expense, which we believe is representative of the interest factor of our rent expense. Interest associated with income tax liabilities is excluded from our calculation.
 


Exhibit 15.1
 
September 11, 2018
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of L Brands, Inc.:

We are aware of the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-000000) and related Prospectus of L Brands, Inc. for the registration of $297,405,000 Senior Notes due 2027 of our reports dated June 7, 2018 and September 7, 2018 relating to the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of L Brands, Inc. and its subsidiaries included in the Forms 10-Q for the quarters ended May 5, 2018 and August 4, 2018.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Grandview Heights, Ohio
 


Exhibit 23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-000000) and related Prospectus of L Brands, Inc. for the registration of $297,405,000 Senior Notes due 2027 and to the incorporation by reference therein of our reports dated March 23, 2018, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of L Brands, Inc., and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of L Brands, Inc., included in its Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended February 3, 2018, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Grandview Heights, Ohio
September 11, 2018
 


Exhibit 24.1
 
L BRANDS, INC.
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
Each of the undersigned individuals, being members of the board of directors of L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), hereby constitutes and appoints each of Samuel Fried, Timothy J. Faber, Stuart Burgdoerfer and Shelley Milano, acting individually, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power to act separately and full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign one or more registration statements on:
 
Form S-4 (the Exchange Registration Statement ) relating to the exchange of $297,405,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.694% Senior Notes due 2027 (the 144A/Reg S Notes ) for newly issued notes (the Exchange Notes ) of the Company with terms substantially identical in all material respects to the 144A/Reg S Notes (except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions or any increase in interest rate) pursuant to the exchange offer contemplated in the Registration Rights Agreement dated June 29, 2018 between the Company and the initial purchasers of the 144A/Reg S Notes; each under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, or such other form as any such attorney-in-fact may deem necessary or desirable, any amendments thereto, and all additional amendments thereto, each in such form as they or any one of them may approve, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission so that such registration statements shall comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, and the applicable Rules and Regulations adopted or issued pursuant thereto, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their substitute or resubstitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this power of attorney as of the 5th day of September, 2018.
 
[ Signature Pages to Follow ]
 

 
/s/ Leslie H. Wexner
 
Name:
Leslie H. Wexner
 
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
/s/ Patricia S. Bellinger
 
Name:
Patricia S. Bellinger
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Dr. E. Gordon Gee
 
Name:
Dr. E. Gordon Gee
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Dennis S. Hersch
 
Name:
Dennis S. Hersch
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Donna A. James
 
Name:
Donna A. James
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ David T. Kollat
 
Name:
David T. Kollat
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Michael G. Morris
 
Name:
Michael G. Morris
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Robert H. Schottenstein
 
Name:
Robert H. Schottenstein
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Stephen D. Steinour
 
Name:
Stephen D. Steinour
 
Title:
Director
     
 
/s/ Allan R. Tessler
 
Name:
Allan R. Tessler
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Abigail S. Wexner
 
Name:
Abigail S. Wexner
 
Title:
Director
   
 
/s/ Raymond Zimmerman
 
Name:
Raymond Zimmerman
 
Title:
Director
 
 
2


Exhibit 25.1
Securities and exchange commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
 

 
FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER
THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of
a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) ☐
 

 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

31-0841368
I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota
55402
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Scott Miller
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad Street
Columbus, OH  43215
(614) 849-3402
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

L Brands, Inc.
(Issuer with respect to the Securities)
Delaware
31-1029810
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3 Limited Parkway
Columbus, OH
43230
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)

6.694% Senior Notes Due 2027
(Title of the Indenture Securities)
 

FORM T-1

Item 1.
GENERAL INFORMATION .   Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

  a)
Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
Comptroller of the Currency
Washington, D.C.

b)
Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
Yes

Item 2.
AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.   If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.
None

Items 3-15
Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee's knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

Item 16.
LIST OF EXHIBITS:   List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 
1.
A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

2.
A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, attached as Exhibit 2.

3.
A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, attached as Exhibit 3.

4.
A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

5.
A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4.  Not applicable.

6.
The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

7.
Report of Condition of the Trustee as of March 31, 2018 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on form S-3ASR,  Registration Number 333-199863 filed on November 5, 2014.
 
2

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Columbus, State of Ohio on the 10th of September, 2018.
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott Miller
 
 
Scott Miller
   
Vice President
 
3

Exhibit 2
 
 
4

Exhibit 3

 
5

Exhibit 6

CONSENT
 
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
 
Dated: September 10, 2018
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott Miller
 
 
Scott Miller
   
Vice President
 
6

Exhibit 7
U.S. Bank National Association
Statement of Financial Condition
As of 6/30/2018

($000’s)
 
   
6/30/2018
 
Assets
     
Cash and Balances Due From
 
$
18,933,741
 
Depository Institutions
       
Securities
   
111,465,209
 
Federal Funds
   
92,722
 
Loans & Lease Financing Receivables
   
279,066,037
 
Fixed Assets
   
3,726,559
 
Intangible Assets
   
13,023,820
 
Other Assets
   
26,714,957
 
Total Assets
 
$
453,023,045
 
         
Liabilities
       
Deposits
 
$
350,952,197
 
Fed Funds
   
2,497,543
 
Treasury Demand Notes
   
0
 
Trading Liabilities
   
904,426
 
Other Borrowed Money
   
34,319,863
 
Acceptances
   
0
 
Subordinated Notes and Debentures
   
3,300,000
 
Other Liabilities
   
13,252,394
 
Total Liabilities
 
$
405,226,423
 
         
Equity
       
Common and Preferred Stock
   
18,200
 
Surplus
   
14,266,915
 
Undivided Profits
   
32,711,429
 
Minority Interest in Subsidiaries
   
800,078
 
Total Equity Capital
 
$
47,796,622
 
         
Total Liabilities and Equity Capital
 
$
453,023,045
 
 
7

Exhibit 99.1

L Brands, Inc.

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

$297,405,000 Aggregate Principal Amount of
6.694% Senior Notes Due 2027 Issued on June 18, 2018 and June 29, 2018
in Exchange for 6.694% Senior Notes Due 2027
That Have Been Registered Under the
Securities Act of 1933

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON [ ] [ ], 201 8 , UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

This form, or one substantially equivalent hereto, must be used by a holder to accept the exchange offer of L Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and to tender 6.694% Senior Notes Due 2027 issued on June 18, 2018 and June 29, 2018 (the “Old Notes”) to the exchange agent pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” of the prospectus of the Company, dated [•] [•], 2018 (the “Prospectus”). Any holder who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to such guaranteed delivery procedures must ensure that the exchange agent receives this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to the Expiration Date of the exchange offer. Certain terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

The Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer is:

U.S. Bank National Association

By Registered or Certified Mail
or Overnight Courier:
By Mail:
By Hand in New York:
 
 
 
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad St., CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, OH 43215
Attn: Scott Miller
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad St., CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, OH 43215
Attn: Scott Miller
U.S. Bank National Association
10 West Broad St., CN-OH-BD12
Columbus, OH 43215
Attn: Scott Miller

By Facsimile Transmission:
(for Eligible Institutions Only)
Fax: (614) 232-8109
Confirm by Telephone: (614) 849-3402

Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to an address other than as set forth above, or transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth above, will not constitute a valid delivery.

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is not to be used to guarantee signatures.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby tenders to the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Prospectus, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus.

The undersigned hereby tenders the Old Notes listed below:

Certificate Number(s)
(if known)
of Old Notes or Account Number
at the Book Entry
Transfer Facility
Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented
Aggregate Principal
Amount Tendered
 
 
 

PLEASE SIGN AND COMPLETE

Name(s) of Record Holder(s):
 
Address(es):
 
Area Code and Telephone Number(s):
 
Signature(s):
 

Dated           , 2018

This Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be signed by the holder(s) exactly as their name(s) appear on certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, or by person(s) authorized to become holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must provide the following information.

PLEASE PRINT NAME(S) AND ADDRESS(ES)

Name(s):
 
Capacity:
 
Address(es):
 

GUARANTEE
(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEE)

The undersigned, a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, or is otherwise an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, guarantees deposit with the exchange agent of the Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer (or confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility as described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—How to Tender—Book-Entry Transfer”) and any other required documents, all by 5:00 p.m., New York City time, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days following the Expiration Date.

The undersigned acknowledges that it must deliver the Old Notes tendered hereby to the Exchange Agent within the time period set forth above and that a failure to do so could result in a financial loss to the undersigned.

Name of Firm:
 
Address:
 
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number:
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
(Please Type or Print)

Dated           , 2018

DO NOT SEND OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ACTUAL SURRENDER OF OLD NOTES MUST BE MADE PURSUANT TO THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

1. DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the exchange agent at its address set forth herein prior to the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the exchange agent is at the election and sole risk of the holder, and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the exchange agent. If delivery is by mail, registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended. As an alternative to delivery by mail, the holders may wish to consider using an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery.

2. SIGNATURES ON THIS NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered holder(s) of any Old Notes listed, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered holder(s) appears on the Old Notes.

If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing and submit evidence satisfactory to the Company of such person’s authority to so act.

3. REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL COPIES. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the exchange agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the exchange offer.